This paper is the second result of the study of large collections of Plumularioidea (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Leptolida), collected in the seas surrounding New Caledonia, in the Philippines and in Indonesian waters by French expeditions. A total of 13 species belonging to the genera Antennella (five species), Cladoplumaria (one species), Halopteris (four species), Monostaechas (two species) and Corhiza (one species) are described or mentioned in the present report; most of which are illustrated. Three new species, Antennella sinuosa n. sp., Antennella megatheca n. sp. And Corhiza pauciarmata n. sp. are described and another, Halopteris concava (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since the original description. Two species, Antennella sp. and Monostaechas sp. are only identified to the genus level.

BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

This publication is the third in a series of accounts on large collections of Plumularioidea McCrady, 1859 (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Hydroidolina) obtained during several French expeditions to the Philippines region, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, and the Marquesas Islands. Additional material from Mozambique was also examined and is discussed. A total of 17 species, belonging to the families Kirchenpaueriidae Stechow, 1921 (two species) and Plumulariidae McCrady, 1859 (15 species), are scrutinized and illustrated in the present report. Three new species of the genus Plumularia Lamarck, 1816 are described (Plumularia bathyale n. sp., Plumularia contraria n. sp., Plumularia pseudocontraria n. sp.). The name Plumularia milsteinae n. nom., is proposed for Plumularia spiralis Milstein 1976, a permanently invalid junior homonym of Plumularia spiralis Billard, 1911. Polyplumaria kossowskae (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since its original description. Two species of Plumularia are identified only to the genus level. Type materials of Plumularia habereri Stechow, 1909 and Dentitheca hertwigi Stechow, 1909, and the syntypes of all varieties of Plumularia habereri described by Billard (1913), have also been examined.

BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

One new genus (Schizoplumularia) and three new species (Schizoplumularia vervoorti, S. geniculata and S. elegans) of plumulariids are recognized and described from large collections of plumularioid hydroids collected in New Caledonia and vicinity during several French expeditions. During taxonomic studies of these hydroids, colonies were compared with type material of Plumularia insignis Allman, 1883 and several other similar species-group taxa. As a result, three of the latter (P. flabellum Allman, 1883, P. conjuncta Billard, 1913, and P. billardi nom. nov.) are recognized as valid in addition to P. insignis. The binomen P. billardi is a replacement name for P. insignis var. gracilis Billard, 1913. In being elevated to the rank of species in this work, it becomes an invalid junior primary homonym of several others having the same name.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

Species of the bothid genus Arnoglossus collected from waters around New Caledonia are reviewed. Seven species, including two new species, two new zoogeographical records and three species already recorded from the region were identified, being Arnoglossus septemventralis sp. nov. and A. nigrifrons sp. nov., A. tenuis, A. elongatus, and A. macrolophus, A. japonicus and A. polyspilus, respectively. Arnoglossus septemventralis sp. nov., described from ten specimens collected between 230-315 m off southern New Caledonia, is easily separable from all other members of the genus in having seven pelvic rays on both sides. Arnoglossus nigrifrons sp. nov., described from two specimens collected from 300-315 m on the Chesterfield Plateau and northwest of New Caledonia, is characterized by a rounded upper head profile, several anterior dorsal fm rays elongated in males, gill rakers without serrations and a darkened head region. Arnoglossus tenuis, collected from 10-16 m off New Caledonia, was previously known from southern Japan to the South China Sea, and A. elongatus, from 250-350 m off New Caledonia, previously only from the Madura Sea and northwestern Australia. Arnoglossus macrolophus was collected from relatively shallow waters (49-92 m) off New Caledonia, and A. japonicus and A. polyspilus from deeper waters (210-385 m) off New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands and Chesterfield Plateau.

BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

A new species of sea bream, Dentex Foumanoiri is described from 16 specimens caught in deep water off New Caledonia. It is distinguishable from other species of Dentex by the number of dorsal fin rays (XIII + 9), a more acute snout angle, a greater eye, and the bright yellow margins of lhe dorsal and caudal fins.

BATHUS 1, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4

An updated list of the hithero known species of Bolma (Turbinidae, Turbininae) is given. Two species, Bolma maestratii spec. nov. from French Polynesia and Bolma fuscolineata spec. nov. from New Caledonia are described here as new. Some short comments on Anadema caelata (Adams & Adams, 1854) are given.

BATHUS 2, BENTHAUS, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8

Five new species of Bolma are described, three from New Caledonia, one from Mozambique and one from French Polynesia, all from deep reef (75-155 m) to bathyal (230-580 m) depths. Four of the new species have been sequenced, and their holotypes are also voucher specimens for COl sequences, thus contributing to a new generation of name-bealing types. The descriptions and names are provided in advance of a forthcoming shell-based revision of the genus Bolma, and in advance of a detailed molecular- and morphology-based study of Bolma in New Caledonian waters.

EBISCO, HALICAL 1, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, TARASOC

Six species of the two related bothid genera Tosarhombus and Parabothus from the Coral Sea are described and keys to species are provided: T. neocaledonicus Amaoka & Rivaton, 1991, T. longimanus sp. nov., T. brevis sp. nov., P. filipes sp. nov., P. kiensis (Tanaka, 1918) and P. coarctatus (Gilbert, 1905). T. longimanus is characterized by having uniserial teeth on upper jaw, a pectoral fin on the ocular side longer than the head in males, 6 2 - 7 1 scales in the lateral line and a light brownbody. T. brevis is characterized by having a deeper body, a shorter pectoral fin on the ocular side in males and smaller mouth. P.filipes is distinguished from known congeners of the genus by the greatly elongated pelvic fm in males and the small number of scales in the lateral line. P. kiensis and P. coarctatus represent first records from the Coral Sea.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Several french oceanographie expeditions have permitted to explore the bathyals lope, off the New Caledonia Island (South Western Pacifie), between 300 and 2 900 metres depth. During these recent cruises (Biocal, Biogeocal, Musorstom IV-VI, Smib, Calsub),many stalked Crinoids of different families were sampled, or observed and took in pictures with the help of the IFREMER submarine "Cyana". The New Caledonian Crinoid fauna is relatively abundant but less diversified that the fauna which was collected off the Philippines Islands (Western Pacifie). A first list of this stalked Crinoid fauna (13 taxa identified) is established in this paper with a description of three new species (Metacrinus l evii n. sp., Caledonicrinus vaubani n. sp., Proeudesicrinus lifouensis n. sp.) belonging to two new genera (Caledonicrinus n. gen., Proeudesicrinus n. gen.). Further descriptions are supplied for some taxa (Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis, Gymnocrinus, Guillecrinus).Nevertheless, New Caledonian stalked Crinoid fauna appears to be the most archaic in there cent oceans with close relationship with the fossil fauna of the Mesozoic Mesogean Sea. Many taxa have inneed very ancient affinities. Guillecrinus sp. Is the only living representative of the Paleozoic subclass Inadunata. Proisocrinus ruberrimus, Gymnocrinus richeri, Proeudesicrinus lifouensis have relationships with Jurassic adaptative radiation. Caledonicrinus vaubani is the most archaic (late Cretaceous affinities) and the shallower species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae. Consequently, historical biogeography and phylogeny of the Indo-Pacific stalked Crinoids through Post-Paleozoic times are discussed with regard to the origin of New Caledonia fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3

Morphological (shell) and molecular examination of a large suite of specimens of pleurotomariids from around New Caledonia and the Coral Sea reveals the existence of four species in the complex of Perotrochus caledonicus: Perotrochus deforgesi Métivier, 1990 and P. pseudogranulosus sp. nov. live allopatrically on the plateaus and guyots of the Coral Sea; Perotrochus caledonicus Bouchet & Métivier, 1982 and Perotrochus wareni sp. nov. live sympatrically - but essentially not syntopically on the slopes of New Caledonia, Norfolk Ridge and the Loyalty Ridge. All species live in the 300–500 m interval, and together form a significant component of the mollusc fauna living on hard bottoms in the SW Pacific, with individual dredge hauls containing up to 25 specimens of Perotrochus.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, CONCALIS, EBISCO, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VOLSMAR

Among specimens of sea anemones collected from the tropical western Pacific on cruises under the auspices of the Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD) and the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, are some we identify as Exocoelactis actinostoloides (Wassilieff, 1908). We synonymize under this name the species described as Cymbactis maxima Wassilieff, 1908, and Exocoelactis valdiviae Carlgren, 1928. The first two were described from one specimen each, collected at unspecified depths of Sagami Bay, Japan; the latter was based on five specimens reportedly collected off the coast of East Africa at depths of 741 to 823 m. We examined 23 specimens collected in New Caledonia, the Philippines, and Palau from depths of 175 to 480 m. Thus, we extend the geographical and bathymetric range of this species. These specimens allowed us to resolve discrepancies in the definition of the genus Exocoelactis concerning completeness and sterility of the mesenteries: the stronger partner of the mesenterial pairs may be complete and may be sterile.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 6

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 6

A rare Indo-pacific snake-eel genus, Yirrkala, of tribe Sphagebranchini, subfamily Ophichthinae, family Ophichthidae, has 16 former species and 1 new species described in this article. Albeit it has such a great number of species, it is still known as “lack-description genus”, given that many species provisionally belong to this genus is still remain in opaque in status, whether belongingness or validity. The new species is under this genus according to its absent pectoral fins and dorsal fin, very elongated body, fragile dorsal fin and anal fin, dorsal fin origin posterior to rictus, posterior nares within mouth, short tubular anterior nares, and two preopercular pores, intermaxillary teeth present out of restriction of mandible. And it is unique in dorsal-fin length greater than half of maximum body height, dorsal-fin origin anterior to gill opening, body not patterned, median groove exceeding anterior-naris base. The difference between Yirrkala misolensis and Yirrkala maculata is reviewed. An overview of this genus is provided, and a key for distinguishing the species in this genus is also given.

MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9

Five species of Galatheidae : Alainius crosnieri new genus and new species, Phylladiorhynchus integrirostris (Dana, 1853), P. ikedai (Miyake & Baba, 196S), P. pusillus (Henderson, 188S), and Leiogalathea laevirostris (Balss, 1913), collected from New Caledonia are reported. Phylladiorhynchus antonbruuni Tirmizi & Javed, 1980, is transferred to Munida. Phylladiorhynchus serrirostris (Melin, 1939) is synonymized with P. integrirostris. It is suggested that Phylladiorhynchus caribensis Mayo, 1972, be removed from the genus and eventually placed in a new genus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Five species of chirostylid crustaceans belonging to the genera Chirostylus and Gastroptychus are reported from New Caledonia : Chirostylus novaecaledoniae sp. nov., Gastroptychus brevipropodus sp. nov., and G. paucispina sp. nov., are described and illustrated; G. hendersoni (Alcock & Anderson, 1899) and G. sternoornatus (Van Dam, 1933) are recorded for the first time from New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Examination of materials collected from Indonesia, New Caledonia and vicinity, now deposited in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, disclosed three additional undescribed species of chirostylids belonging to the Uroplychus spinimarginatus group. The group is now shifted to a distinct genus Uroptychodes. Uroptychus grandirostris Yokoya, 1933, which can be transferred to Uroptychodes, has been a problematic species because of the brevity of the original description and the loss of the type material. However, a recent finding of a specimen, which is in poor condition, very much like the illustration of U. grandirostris by Yokoya (1933: Fig. 29), but different from the description of U. grandirostris given by van Dam (1939) for one of the type specimens, suggests that the type material of U. grandirostris includes at least two species. In this paper a neotype is selected for U. grandirostris. The genus Uroptychodes now contains 10 species. All these species are reviewed and a key to the species of the genus is provided.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, VOLSMAR

Taxonomic and ecological interest in squat lobsters has grown considerably over the last two decades. A checklist of the 870 current valid species of squat lobsters of the world (families Chirostylidae, Galatheidae and Kiwaidae) is presented. The compilation includes the complete taxonomic synonymy and geographical distribution of each species plus type information (type locality, repository and registration number). The numbers of described species in the world's major ocean basins are summarised.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 2, ???msg.security.private???, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Ce catalogue recense les spécimens-types de l'ordre des Gadiformes (sensu Patterson et Rosen, 1989) dans les collections ichtyologiques du Muséum national d'histoire naturelle à Paris (MNHN), du Musée océanographique de Monaco (MOM), de l'Université Claude Bernard de Lyon (UCBL) et du Musée zoologique de Strasbourg (MZS). Plusieurs articles traitant de la phylogénie des Gadiformes sont regroupés dans Cohen (1989). Les Zoarcoidei et les Ophidioidei ont été séparés des Gadiformes (voir Patterson et Rosen, 1989, pour un historique). Les premiers sont maintenant classés dans les Perciformes, les seconds dans un autre ordre de Paracantbopterygies, les Ophidiiformes (Lecointre, 1994: Nelson. 1994). Les catalogues correspondant restent à compiler. Le tableau 1 présente les récentes classifications des Gadiformes que nous avons consultées (Markle in Cohen, 1989; Cohen et al. , 1990; Nelson, 1994). Nous les avons comparées avec celles qui sont données par Eschmeyer (1990, 1998). Elles se recouvrent très largement, abstraction faite du niveau taxinomique des catégories utilisées. Markle les élève presque toutes au rang familial; Cohen et al. Ne distinguent ni les Steindachneriinae ni les Ranicipitinae; par rapport à Cohen et al. (1990), Eschmeyer (1990) incluait les Parabrotulidae dans les Gadiformes ( 1990), mais les place aujourd'hui dans les Ophidüdae (Ophidiiformes) (1998) comme les autres auteurs. Et élève les Phycinae et les Lotinae au rang familial. Néanmoins, la définition des Lotidae et des Phycidae varie d'un auteur à l'autre (Tableau Il). La liste des Gadiformes actuels est en grande partie donnée dans Cohen et al. (1990). Les Gadiformes et les Pleuronectiformes sont les deux grands ordres de Poissons qui n'ont pas été revus par Cuvier et Valenciennes dans leur monumental travail ( 1829- 1849). La liste des exemplaires historiques de l' annexe A comprend seulement des exemplaires conservés en herbier. Provenant de Risso et d' Adan son, ainsi que quelques exemplaires anciens conservés en alcool. Les types d'herbier de Risso avaient été revus par Bertin (1945). Les types des espèces de Macrouridae décrites par Vaillant en 1888 (Expéditions scientifiques du "Travailleur" et du "Talisman") avaient été revus par Bauchot et al. (1972). Nous avons intégralement repris leurs conclusions. Certains des types de Moridae ont été revus par Cohen en 1964 et 1966, et par Paulin en 1989.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 3

Two new genera, nine new species and one new subspecies of Primnoidae are described from New Caledonian waters and two species from the Hawaiian Archipelago. The geographical distribution of Fanellia is extended to New Caledonia, and that of Pterostenella is extended to the Philippines as well as to New Caledonia. A revised key to the genera of Primmoidae is given, as well as keys to the species of Perissogorgia n. gen. And Fanellia Gray.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, ???msg.security.private???, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The status of the genera Isidella, Acanella ans Lepidisis in the subfamily Keratoisidinae is discussed and the new species Isidella Trichotoma and Acanella dispar are described and illustrated. New records of acanella sibogae Nutting are presented and description of the species amplified and supported by new illustrations of colony, polyps, and sclerites. Ortomisis crosnieri, a new genus and species of Keratoisidinae, is described and illustrated. A new key to genera of Isidinae and Keratoisidinae

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1

The Ranellidae, Bursidae and Personidae from the New Caledonia region (including the Loyalty Islands, the Coral Sea and the New Hebrides Arc) are monographed based on the results of an extensive collecting effort totalling more than 1000 stations. Seventy-three species are recorded, with numerous range extensions. One of the more remarkable aspects of this fauna is the uniquely diverse deep-water tonnoidean assemblage, dominated by species such as Bursa fijiensis, B. latitudo, B. quirihorai, species of Distorsio, Sassia remensa, and less common small personids in the genera Distorsionella and Personopsis. The number of species of New Caledonian Personidae is the highest yet recorded. The Personopsis species are the first modem ones correctly referred to the genus. Revisions are provided of Biplex, Gyrineum, Cyinatium (Gelagna), the Cymatium vespaceum, C. tenuiliratum and Bursa latitudo species groups, of southwest Pacific species of Sassia, and of several Cymatium (Ranularia) and Distorsio species. New genera proposed are Halgyrineum (Ranellidae) and Distorsomina (Personidae). Seven new species are proposed: Biplex bozzettii (from Somalia and southem India), Gyrineum longicaudatum (from the tropical westem Pacific), Cymatium pemiiketi (from Oman), Distorsio parvimpedita, Distorsionella pseudaphera, Personopsis purpurata and P. trigonaperta (all from New Caledonia). The nomenclature of numerous taxa is stabilized by the designation of neotypes and lectotypes for nominal species named by A. Adams & Reeve, Broderip, Deshayes, Dillwyn, Dunker, Fulton, Gmelin, Gould, Gray, Iredale, Jousseaume, Kuenen. Küster, Lamarck, Linné, Martin. Mighels, d'Orbigny, Perry, Reeve, Röding, Salis Marschlins, Schepman, Schumacher, G B. Sowerby II, and Wood.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Shell, radular, opercular and external anatomical characters are surveyed in world Recent deep-water Cassidae, leading to the recognition of three subfamilies: Cassinae, Oocorythinae and Phaliinae. All Recent species are revised of Galeodea Link, 1807 (=Galeoocorys Kuroda & Habe, 1957), Microsconsia n. gen. and Sconsia Gray, 1847, all included in subfamily Cassinae; of Oocorys Fischer, 1883 (= Benthodolium Verrill & Smith, 1884, = Hadroocorys Quinn, 1980), Eucorys n. gen. (including Oocorys bartschi Rehder, 1943 and O. barbouri Clench & Aguayo, 1939) and Dalium Dall, 1889, all included in subfamily Oocorythinae; and of Echinophoria Sacco, 1890, included in subfamily Phaliinae. New species named are Galeodea plauta n. sp. (northwestern New Zealand), Microsconsia limpusi n. sp. (southeastern Queensland, Australia), and Oocorys grandis n. sp. (central Indian Ocean, and southeastern Atlantic, off Namibia). Galeodea bituminata (Martin, 1933) (based on a Pliocene fossil from Buton Island, Indonesia) is an earlier name for G. echinophorella Habe, 1961; G. carolimartini Beets, 1943 is another earlier name for G. echinophorella. The name usually accepted for the type species of Sconsia, S. striata (Lamarck, 1816), is a junior secondary homonym of S. striata (J. Sowerby, 1812) and the valid name for this species is S. grayi (A. Adams, 1855). Echinophoria kurodai Abbott, 1968 was based on small specimens of E. wyvillei (Watson, 1886), and E. oschei Mühlhäusser, 1992 was based on Indian Ocean specimens of E. wyvillei. Echinophoria carnosa Kuroda & Habe, 1961 is limited to southern Japan to the Philippine Islands.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???

Specimens of the genera Mathilda and Tuba from New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands are studied, and compared with numerous other nominal mathildid species from the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Diversity is high in this region, with several species showing a much wider distribution in the Indo-Pacific than previously ascertained. Mathilda Semper, 1865 is used sensu lato, including Fimbriatella, Granulicharilda, Mathildona and Opimilda. From the study area thirteen species are diagnosed and compared, and several as yet unnamed forms that need further study are also discussed. Four new species are described, and Mathilda fusca (Okutani & Habe, 1981), previously placed in the turritellid genus Orectospira, is recognized as the largest extant member of the family Mathildidae. Tuba Lea, 1833 is also used sensu lato, including Gegania and Tubena, and is represented by two species (one described as new). Twelve Indo-Pacific species previously referred to as Mathildidae are removed from the family: Mathildona cookiana Dell, 1956 (Epitoniidae); Mathilda elegantula Angas, 1871 (Pyramidellidae ?); M. eurytima Melvill & Standen, 1896 (Cerithiidae); M. gracillima Melvill & Standen, 1901 (Capulidae); M. oppia Hedley, 1907 (Rissoidae); M. opulenta Hedley, 1907 (Cerithiidae); M. rosae Hedley, 1901 (Eulimidae); Eucharilda pleurorbis Laseron, 1951, and Opimilda protolineata Laseron, 1951 (Triphoridae); O. porrigata Laseron, 1951 (Cerithiopsidae ?); Dunkeria pulchella A. Adams, 1860, and D. scabra A. Adams, 1860 (Epitoniidae).

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Alcithoe aillaudorum n. sp. is the first Alcithoe known outside New Zealand waters; it is however not consider ed a Gondwanian vicariant relict but is probably a recent 'immigrant that dispersed from New Zealand to New Caledonia via the Norfolk ridge. Lyria exorata n . Sp. Is known from Capel and Kelso Banks, two submerged flat plateaus surrounded by abyssal depths in the Coral Sea. L. habei Okutani, 1979 is a new record for New Caledonia. Records of other Lyria are reviewed and summarized. Although the distribution of Lyria in the Western Pacific corresponds rather well with the limits of the Pacific plate, this distribution appears to be a result of constraints in larval biology rather than a reflection of the plate tectonic history of the area.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 3

Enlomoliva gen. nov. is described from 120-700 m in the New Caledonian region; it contains two new species, E. incisa (type species) and E. mirabilis. Shell characters combine olivine and ancilline traits, but the presence of an operculum indicates the genus to belong to the subfamily Ancillinae.

BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Calliotectum Dall, 1890, until now a monotypic deep-water volute genus from the Eastern Pacifie, is shown to be a senior synonym of Teramachia Kuroda, 1931 from the Western Pacifie. Pakaurangia Finlay, 1926 (originally Thiaridae; Miocene of New Zealand) and Butonius Martin, 1933 (originally Fusinidae; Neogene of Indonesia) are new synonyms. Ca/liotectum has a fossil record in the Neogene of the Pacifie region (Okinawa, Indonesia, New Zealand and Ecuador), with a total of 5 species. Ali fossi! records are from deep-water facies. Seven Recent species of Callioteetum are recognised, ail from deep water in tropical latitudes. Three species occur in South-East Asia and the Eastern Indian Ocean, at 200-1660 m depth. Of these, C. tibiaeforme is treated as a polytypic species, with C. johnsoni and C. dupreyae considered to be geographical forms. Calliotectum piersonorum sp. nov. and C. egregium sp. nov. are described from the South-West Pacifie at 450-1060 m depth. Single species occur each in the East Pacifie and in the Caribbean.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

The new genus Fusulculus, conchologically most similar to Benthobia Dall, 1889 and Zemira H. & A. Adams, 1853, is erected for axially sculptured species of Pseudolividae with shouldered whorls and obsolete labral tooth; the columellar and parietal callus is of very limited extent, and a parietal rib at the adapical end of the inner lip is absent. Two new species, Fusulculus crenatus (type of genus) and F albus are described from bathyal (400-800 m) hard bottoms at tropical and subtropical latitudes in the southwest Pacific. No post-Paleocene species of Pseudolividae are known from the tropical IndoPacific; the habitat of Fusulculus is bathymetrically transitional between those of Benthobia, from abyssal depths, and the various genera from subtidal waters in southern Australia, South Africa and Angola.

BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, VOLSMAR

Volutomitra glabella n. sp., from off New Caledonia, is the second representative of the genus from the tropical South-West Pacific, where it has been recorded alive on hard bottoms in 258-525 m. Its anatomy is essentially similar to that of other boreal, Antarctic and Australasian species of Volutomitridae. It is sympatric with the V. vaubani species-complex, from which it differs by its larger adult size (17-25 mm), more vividly coloured shell, and larger protoconch (average diameter 1440,um vs average 1030,um in V. vaubani).

BATHUS 4, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 10, SMIB 6

Based on radular and protoconch morphology, the genus Typhlosyrinx Thiele, 1925 has been successively classified in the subfamily Turriculinae of the family Turridae and in the subfamily Clathurellinae of the family Conidae. It is shown that the protoconch had earlier been misinterpreted, and the presence of a diagonally cancellated sculpture indicates a placement in the conid subfamily Raphitominae. Two conchologically similar genera, based on teleoconch sculpture and radular morphology are recognized: Typhlosyrinx, with axial ribbing on teleoconch spire whorls and a radula with long (250 mum) barbed teeth, and Leiosyrinx n. gen., without axial sculpture and a radula with short (< 100 mum) simplified teeth. Five species (two new) of Typhlosyrinx and four species (all new) of Leiosyrinx are recognized, all at bathyal depths between 280 and 1840 m in the tropical Indo-Pacific and Panamic provinces. The two genera are not known earlier than the Pliocene, where they already occurred in deep-water assemblages.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

One new genus and nine new species of Cancellariidae are described from New Caledonia from depths between 200 and 600 meters. They are: Africotriton adelphum new species, Mirandaphera new genus, Mirandaphera cayrei new species, Mirandaphera maestratii new species, Merica marisca new species, Sveltia rocroii new species, Sveltia splendidula new species, Nipponaphera pardalis new species, Nipponaphera cyphoma new species, and Nipponaphera goniata new species. Africotriton adelphum new species is the first species in that genus known from outside South Africa and Australia. The new genus Mirandaphera is characterized by its broad, non-umbilicate shell with very large crenulated axial ribs, and axial columella. The genus is composed of the new species described herein, Mirandaphera maestratii new species and M. cayrei new species, and two other species: M. tosaensis (Habe, 1961) new combination and M. arafurensis (Verhecken, 1997) new combination, from deep water off Japan and the Arafura Sea respectively. Trigonaphera teramachii Habe, 1961 and Agatrix. nodosivaricosa Petuch, 1979 are transferred to Nipponaphera. New species of Merica, Sveltia, and Nipponaphera are the deepest dwelling known representatives in their respective genera.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

Recent deep-sea explorations in the South Pacific have documented around New Caledonia the most diverse fauna of gastropods of the family Volutomitridae anywhere in the world. Fourteen species (nine new, two remaining unnamed) are recorded, all essentially confined to the 250–750 m depth range. The high number of species in the New Caledonia region does not appear to be an effect of sampling intensity, but appears to result from four factors: regional spatial heterogeneity, frequency of hard substrates, syntopy, and a historical heritage shared with Australia and New Zealand, which until now ranked as the major centre of volutomitrid diversity. In the New Caledonia region, volutomitrids show a marked preference for hard bottoms and up to three species may cooccur in the same dredge haul. Many species appear to have extremely narrow geographical distributions within the region (e.g. a single seamount or a single submerged plateau); conversely, Microvoluta joloensis, the only non-endemic volutomitrid present in New Caledonia, ranges from the Mozambique Channel to Tonga.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD, formerly ORSTOM) and Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle (MNHN) launched in the early 1980s a suite of oceanographic expeditions to sample the deep-water benthos of the tropical South and West Pacific, with emphasis on the 100-1,500 m bathymetric zone. This paper reviews the development of this programme to date. It describes the procedures involved in curating the material collected and the involvement of an international network of taxonomic experts to identify, describe and name the molluscan fauna. So far, 1,028 species of molluscs have been recorded from the New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone from depths below 100 m, and 601 of these (58.4%) were new species. An additional 142 new species have been described from other South Pacifi c island groups (Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Wallis and Futuna, Tonga, Marquesas Islands and Austral Islands). However, the hyper-diverse families have essentially remained untouched. Regional differences among island groups are high, and New Caledonia, which has been sampled best, shows several discrete areas of micro-endemism. We speculate that the deep-sea mollusc fauna of New Caledonia may amount to 15-20,000 species, and the corresponding number for the whole South Pacifi c may be in the order of 20-30,000 species.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, LUMIWAN 2008, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Fifteen species of Cancellariidae referable to the genera Zeadmete, Admetula, Fusiaphera, Nipponaphera, and Trigonostoma are reported from depths between 200 and 700 m in New Caledonia and other island groups in the southwest Pacific. Twelve are new species: Zeadmete bathyomon new species, Zeadmete physomon new species, Zeadmete bilix new species, Admetula affluens new species, Admetula marshalli new species, Admetula bathynoma new species, Admetula lutea new species, Admetula emarginata new species, Nipponaphera argo new species, Nipponaphera agastor new species, Nipponaphera tuba new species, and Trigonostoma tryblium new species. All the Recent nominal species of Fusiaphera described from localities throughout the Indo-Pacific area Lire considered to be conspecific, the senior name being Fusiaphera macrospira (Adams and Reeve, 1.850), now with ten synonyms. The ranges of Nipponaphera nodosivaricosa (Petuch, 1.979) and Trigonostoma thysthlon Petit and Harasewych, 1987, are extended to the South Pacific.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, EBISCO, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A new genus-level classification of the Conoidea is presented, based on the molecular phylogeny of Puillandre et al. in the accompanying paper. Fifteen lineages are recognized and ranked as families to facilitate continuity in the treatment of the names Conidae (for 'cones') and Terebridae in their traditional usage. The hitherto polyphyletic 'Turridae' is now resolved as 13 monophyletic families, in which the 358 currently recognized genera and subgenera are placed, or tentatively allocated: Conorbidae (2 (sub) genera), Borsoniidae (34), Clathurellidae (21), Mitromorphidae (8), Mangeliidae (60), Raphitomidae (71), Cochlespiridae (9), Drilliidae (34), Pseudomelatomidae (=Crassispiridae) (59), Clavatulidae (14), Horaiclavidae new family (28), Turridae s. s. (16) and Strictispiridae (2). A diagnosis with description of the shell and radulae is provided for each of these families.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, ???msg.security.private???, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Several French oceanographic expeditions have enhanced the exploration of the bathyal slope, off New Caledonia (South Western Pacific). During these recent cruises (BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4-6, CHALCAL 2, SMIB 3-4, CALSUB), many stalked Crinoids of different orders and suborders (Isocrinida Pentacrinidae, Millericrinina, Bourgueticrinina, Cyrtocrinida and incertae sedis) have been sampled, or observed and photographed with the help of the IFREMER submersible « Cyana ». The samples come from depths between 230 and 3700 meters but the most numerous faunas have been gathered in the 200-600 meters bathymetrical interval. Fourteen genera are represented in the crinoid fauna of New Caledonia which have never been inventoried or illustrated : Metacrinus, Saracrinus, Diplocrinus, Proisocrinus, Caledonicrinus, Porphyrocrinus, Naumachocrinus, Bathycrinus, Gymnocrinus, Holopus, Proeudesicrinus, Thalassocrinus, Hyocrinus, Guillecrinus. Some of these are only known from the New Caledonian bathyal slope ( Caledonicrinus, Proeudesicrinus). Until now the genus Holopus was known only from the Tropical Western Atlantic Ocean and the genus Guillecrinus was known only from the bathyal slope of the Indian Ocean. Detailed descriptions of sixteen species are given. Three taxa are illustrated for the first time : Holopus alidis sp. Nov., Guillecrinus neocaledonicus sp. Nov. And Hyocrinus cyanae sp. Nov. Further descriptions are supplied for some species (Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis, Gymnocrinus richeri) and for three recently described new taxa from New Caledonia off shore (Metacrinus levii, Caledonicrinus vauhani, Proeudesicrinus lifouensis). The New Caledonian Pentacrinid fauna is abundant but ess diverse than the rich fauna which has been collected off the Philippines (Western Pacific). Only four species are known from New Caledonia : Metacrinus levii. Metacrinus musorstomae, Saracrinus nohilis, Diplocrinus allernicirrus. Cyrtocrinida are very numerous between 300-500 meters, especially Gymnocrinus richeri and Holopus alidis. This bathymetrical interval is also occupied by Caledonicrinus vauhani. The shallower species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae and by Porphyrocrinus. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis. Bathycrinus. Hyocrinidac with Hyocrinus, Thalassocrinus and the incertae sedis Guillecrinus neocaledonicus are living in the deep sea (below 1000 meters). Nevertheless, the New Caledonian stalked Crinoid fauna appears to be the most archaic in the recent oceans showing a close relationship with the fossil fauna of the Mesozoic Mesogean Sea. Many taxa have indeed very ancient affinities : Guillecrinus is the only living representative of the Paleozoic subclass Inadunata. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Gymnocrinus richeri and Proeudesicrinus lifouensis have relationships with Jurassic adaptative radiation, Caledonicrinus vauhani is the most archaic (late Cretaceous affinities) species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae. Consequently, historical biogeography and phylogeny of the Indo-Pacific stalked Crinoids, through Post-Paleozoic times, are discussed with regard on the origin of New Caledonia fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

One species of Gibberula, three species of Dentimargo, and one species of Protoginella are described as new from bathyal levels south from New Caledonia. Dentimargo caledonicus (Cossignani, 2001) is redescribed and a new type locality is proposed. Some elements are given about the apparent distribution of the six species.

BATHUS 2, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Thirty five species attributed to Serrata Jousseaume, 1875 are recognized from the bathyal zone of New Caledonia. Four of these, S. beatrix (Cossignani, 2001), S. tuii (Cossignani, 2001), S. stylaster (Boyer, 2001) and S. boucheti (Boyer, 2001), were previously described in other genera, and 31 other species are here described as new. This series of 35 Serrata species from New Caledonia increases fi ve-fold the Recent specifi c diversity recognized in the genus. The diversity of Serrata species from New Caledonia is inferred to be very partially known, based on the fact that 31% of the identifi ed species are represented in the collections by only one specimen and that 51% were collected at only single stations. The important Serrata fauna documented here has an asymmetrical geographical distribution in New Caledonia, the highest diversity of species being found off far southern New Caledonia and on the northern Norfolk Ridge. The Serrata fauna from New Caledonia, the Loyalty Ridge and the Norfolk Ridge appears to be isolated in the southwest Pacifi c, but it has affi nities with several species occurring in the fossil or Recent fauna of Australia and New Zealand. The fossil distribution of Serrata extends from the Eocene of Alabama to the Pliocene of New Zealand. The distribution of the genus in the Recent seems to be restricted mostly to the southern Indo-Pacifi c latitudes from Cape Agulhas to the Tuamotu Islands, with maximum diversity from the Australian Platform to the Norfolk and New Caledonia Ridges. The fossil genera Euryentome Cossmann, 1899 and Conuginella Laseron, 1957 and the Recent genera Deviginella Laseron, 1957 and Serrataginella Coovert & Coovert, 1995 are proposed as junior synonyms of Serrata. Marginella anatina Lea, 1833 is used instead of Euryentome silabra Palmer, 1937 as the valid name for the type species of the genus Euryentome. The fossil genus Strombiginella Laseron, 1957 is placed in synonymy with the recent genus Hydroginella Laseron, 1957. Serrata and Hydroginella do not seem more closely related to each other than they are to Volvarina-Prunum or to the Austroginella and Dentimargo groups. The “Serrata Group” sensu Coovert & Coovert 1995, composed of Hydroginella, Serrata and 3 synonymous genera, is rejected as being a possibly polyphyletic assemblage. The high disparity in the specifi c shell morphologies of Serrata, the frequent combination of features found as typical in Volvarina and Dentimargo in the Recent, the occurrence of many morphological intergrades between these genera since the Mid-Eocene of the western Tethys sea, and the higher specifi c frequency of the plesiomorphic character of a radula with numerous cusps, together suggest that the genus Serrata may be situated near the base of the common stem from which most of the Recent groups of the Volvarina-Dentimargo complex have differentiated.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The anomuran sand crab family Albuneidae sensu stricto was previously known worldwide from 41 validly described Recent species in eight genera and four fossil taxa of the genus Albunea. A worldwide revision is presented based on a comprehensive survey of the literature and examination of more than 1700 specimens representing all known species. The state of taxonomic knowledge regarding the Albuneidae is summarized; the family is divided into two new subfamilies; two new genera and six new species of albuneids are described; and new information on species’ ranges and biology is presented. Additionally, the genera Blepharipoda Randall and Lophomastix Benedict are removed from the Albuneidae and placed in a new family, based in part on characters of the gill formula and morphology. This new family contains six Recent species and one fossil taxon. Although there is some doubt about its hippoid affinities, it is retained in the Hippoidea as the most basal taxon, pending further cladistic phylogenetic analyses. Here and there are people with eyes which can see, minds which can correlate. They say to themselves: ‘‘If the science of the day before yesterday is rejected by the people of yesterday, and that of yesterday by us of today, is it not possible that what we call science now will be rejected by the men of tomorrow?’’ And the bravest of them answer, ‘‘It is possible.’’ Wassily Kandinsky, 1911, Concerning the Spiritual in Art

CORINDON 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 6

A single specimen of a small new hippolytid shrimp, captured between 65-120 m off New Caledonia, is described and illustrated. A new genus, Gelastreutes, is designated for its accommodation, indicating its relationship with the genera Gelastocaris Kemp, Latreutes Stimpson and Paralatreutes Kemp. The new species, G. crosnieri, is remarkable for its robust, nighly calcified body and its similarity in general body form to Gelastocaris paronae suggests that it is also probably a commensal species, possibly an associate of sponges.

MUSORSTOM 4

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

A small collection of palaemonoid shrimps, mainly Pontoniinae, from New Caledonian waters of over 100 m depth, has been studied and found to represent 27 taxa, including eight new species of Periclimenes, one new species of both Periclimenaeus and Mesopontonia, and three specimens, including a single ovigerous female, representing a new genus, Amphipontonia kanak. Seven species were recorded from New Caledonian waters for the first time. The species of Periclimenaeus, from 370-450 m, represents the greatest depth from which this mainly shallow-water genus has been reported. Two species, a Periclimenes and a Mesopontonia, both new, were found together in association with a hexactinellid sponge host, Phoronema sp., the first reported association of pontoniine shrimps with a hexactinellid host. Another new Periclimenes, with a remarkable pectinate ambulatory dactylus, is also possibly associated with the "living fossil" crinoid, Gymnocrinus richeri. The present study increases to 57 the number of palaemonoid shrimps known from Indo-West Pacific marine waters exceeding 100 m depth, and clearly indicates that these shrimps are quite well represented in deeper tropical seas. A list of the Indo-West Pacific palaemonoid shrimps known from over 100 m depth, with a new key to the deep-water Indo-West Pacific species of the genus Periclimenes is provided.

BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 5

A collection of 52 species of palaemonoid shrimps from the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, is reported upon. Material is derived principally from the New Caledonian region but also includes specimens from Aden/Yemen, Comoro Islands, western Indian Ocean, Philippines, Indonesia and Wallis Island. Specimens have been collected from intertidal depths to over 600 m. Ten species have been collected from water depths of over 100 m. Two new genera of pontoniine shrimp are designated : Climeniperaeus, for Periclimenaeus truncoideus Chace & Bruce, 1993, and Typtonychus, for a new species, T. crassimanus. The following species are transferred from the genus Typton to the new genus Typtonychus : T. anomalus (Bruce, 1979), T. dentatus (Fujino & Miyake, 1969), and T. dimorphus (Bruce, 1986). These species are probably all associates of Porifera. Six new species of pontoniine shrimp are described. These include Conchodytes philippinensis, from an unknown locality in the Philippines; Mesopontonia verrucimanus, from 184-186 m in the Tanimbar Islands, Indonesia; Periclimenaeus colodactylus, from 20-25 m in New Caledonia, in association with Diplosoma versicolor Monniot; Periclimenes involens, from 92-97 m, off Mindoro, Philippines, of unknown association; Pontonia compacta, from 10- 60 m, in New Caledonia, in association with Pyura albaneyensis Michaelson and Pontonia simplicipes, from 71 m, in the Chesterfield Islands, in association with Pyura nigricans Heller.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 5

Three new species of Tridentella Richardson, 1905 are described from the New Caledonia region. All three species are smooth bodied or largely smooth bodied, and all were collected from the shelf around New Caledonia at depths from 150–760 metres. Tridentella palmata sp. nov. is characterised by pereopod 4 having numerous large robust setae on the carpus and an exceptionally long dactylus (7.0 times as long as proximal width); Tridentella katlae sp. nov. is the only species in the genus with medially united eyes that fill the head in dorsal view; Tridentella magna sp. nov. is the largest species in the genus (36 mm) and can be identified by the head having an anterior submarginal ridge and three submarginal tubercles on the poster margin. Tridentella takedai Nunomura 2006 (off Arasaki, Hokusuka-Shi, Kyushu, Japan) is formally transferred to Alcirona Hansen, 1905, forming Alcirona takedai (Nunomura, 2006) comb. nov.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

A collection of palaemonoid shrimps from New Caledonian waters less than 100 m depth has been examined and found to include 39 species, including three new species, Palemonella dolichodactylus, Periclimenes ischiospìnusus and P. tenuirostris, and fourteen species new to the New Caledonian fauna, increasing to 67 the number of marine palaemonoid shrimps known from New Caledonia.

LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The genus Paramunida belongs to the family Galatheidae, one of the most species rich families among anomuran decapod crustaceans. In spite of the genus has received substantial taxonomic attention, subtle morphological variations observed in numerous samples suggest the existence of undescribed species. The examination of many specimens collected during recent expeditions and morphological and molecular comparisons with previously described species have revelaled the existence of eleven new lineages. All of them are distinguished by subtle and constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences reported for the mitochondrial markers ND1 and 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species, providing brief redescriptions for the previously known species, and a dichotomous identification key for all species in the genus.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004

The diversification of Indo-Pacific marine fauna has long captivated the attention of evolutionary biologists. Previous studies have mainly focused on coral reef or shallow water-associated taxa. Here, we present the first attempt to reconstruct the evolutionary historyphylogeny, diversification, and biogeographyof a deep-water lineage. We sequenced the molecular markers 16S, COI, ND1, 18S, and 28S for nearly 80% of the nominal species of the squat lobster genus Paramunida. Analyses of the molecular phylogeny revealed an accelerated diversification in the late OligoceneMiocene followed by a slowdown in the rate of lineage accumulation over time. A parametric biogeographical reconstruction showed the importance of the southwest Pacific area, specifically the island arc of Fiji, Tonga, Vanuatu, Wallis, and Futuna, for diversification of squat lobsters, probably associated with the global warming, high tectonic activity, and changes in oceanic currents that took place in this region during the OligoceneMiocene period. These results add strong evidence to the hypothesis that the Neogene was a period of major diversification for marine organisms in both shallow and deep waters.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

The 120 presently recognized genera and seven subgenera of the azooxanthellate Scleractinia are keyed using gross morphological characters of the corallum. All genera are illustrated with calicular and side views of coralla. All termes used in the key are defined in an illustrated glossary. A table of all species-level keys, both comprehensive and faunistic, is provided covering the last 40 years.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 10, SMIB 5, TERRASSES

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Six new species of Zygophylax (Z. dispersa sp. nov., Z. encarnae sp. nov., Z. laertesi sp. nov., Z. medeae sp. nov., Z. niobae sp. nov. and Z. pseudoabietinella sp. nov.) are described and figured. The material studied was present in collections from several French expeditions in the western Pacific, mostly in the waters around New Caledonia and vicinity.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4

The inventory of epibenthic dredgings in the areas of New Caledonia, Indonesia and Wallis and Futuna Islands shows that there are 14 species of Euphausiids, of which Pseudeuphausia sinica is new for this region. Another species, Thysanopoda cornuta, sampling of which is always exceptional, leads the author to report on a closely related species, T. minyops, caught in the South of Madagascar and of which it is the second mention since its description. These two, giant, abyssal species are compared and original morphological features are described. In the Euphausiids, except petasma, modifications of the tegumental parts linked with reproduction only affect the segment bearing the gonopores, the coxae and sternites being involved in both sexes. In the females, the thelycum is a median unpaired specific modification of the sixth sternite articular sheet, partly closed by the coxal fold of the sixth thoracopods. The insertion of the spermatophores and their relation with the orifices of oviducts, situated beneath the coxae, helps in understanding the entirely external functioning of these seminal receptacles. A description of the antennular sensory setae is provided for the deep species Bentheuphausia amblyops.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7

In numerous samples dredged in the New Caledonian area during many cruises (MUSORSTOM 4, 5 and 6, in particular), 11 species of mysidaceans were caught, 3 of which new to science. Nine belong to the sub-order Lophogastrida : Gnathophausia ingens, G. elegans fagei, Lophogaster manilae, L. neocaledonensis sp. nov., Paralophogasler glaber, P. foresti, P. philippinensis, P. boucheti sp. Nov., and Eucopia australis. Two others belong to Mysida : Petalophthalmus armiger and Hansenomysis carinata sp. Nov. Some original morphological features are provided for a few already known species (such as the description of females of L. manilae), as well as the bathymetrie distribution of species of Lophogaster and Paralophogaster.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, VOLSMAR

The taxonomy of the crabs belonging to the family Palicidae Bouvier, 1898 from the Indo-west Pacific region is revised. On the basis of extensive material collected by French expeditions in the Coral Sea and other regions of the Pacific and Indian oceans, as well as material from numerous museums, including most of the types, the present study recognizes two subfamilies, 10 genera, and 43 species. Of these taxa, four are new genera: Exopalicus, Miropalicus, Paliculus, and Rectopalicus. Manella is synonymized with Crossotonotus A. Milne Edwards, 1873. Parapleurophricoides Nobili, 1906, sometimes believed to be a palicid, is a xanthoid and it is removed from the Palicidae. Nine nominal species described by previous authors are synonymized and an additional 17 species are described.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, ???msg.security.private???, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, ???msg.security.private???, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Collection of 81 species belonging to 11 families of six superfamilies of brachyuran crabs are reported from expeditions in Papua New Guinea (BIOPAPUA (2010), PAPUA NIUGINI (2012), MADEEP (2014), and KAVIENG 2014 (2014) cruises). The species, belonging to Dorippoidea (Ethusidae), Goneplacoidea (Goneplacidae, Euryplacidae, Progeryonidae), Homoloidea (Latreilliidae), Palicoidea (Crossotonotidae, Palicidae), Pilumnoidea (Pilumnidae Eumedoninae) and Trapezioidea (Domeciidae, Tetraliidae, Trapeziidae) were mostly collected from deep water and are rarely collected and studied. Fifty species are recorded from the island of New Guinea for the first time. Ethusina ocellata Castro, 2005 (Ethusidae) was found to be a junior subjective synonym of Ethusina microspina Chen, 2000, and Ethusa crassipodia Castro, 2005 (Ethusidae) of Ethusa curvipes Chen, 1993. Ethusina exophthalma Castro, 2005 is reassigned to Ethusa Smith, 1884, as Ethusa exophthalma (Castro, 2005) n. comb. The females of Parethusa hylophora Castro, 2005 (Ethusidae) and Thyraplax digitodentata Castro, 2007 (Goneplacidae), respectively, are described for the first time. A neotype is designated for Trapezia rubridactyla Garth, 1971 (Trapeziidae). Color photographs of fresh material of many of the species are published for the first time.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES

A reappraisal of the taxonomy of the brachyuran crabs belonging to the family Goneplacidae MacLeay, 1838 sensu lato has resulted in the revision of the subfamily Goneplacinae, which combines the subfamilies Goneplacinae MacLeay, 1838 and Carcinoplacinae H. Milne Edwards, 1852. Most of the 66 species of Goneplacinae sensu stricto that are listed herein inhabit relatively deep water and are infrequently collected. The subfamily Goneplacinae sensu stricto now consists of 17 genera of which 10 are being described as new: Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1852, with 18 species of which four are new; Entricoplax n. gen., monotypic; Exopheticus n. gen., with two species; Goneplacoides n. gen., monotypic; Goneplax Leach, 1814, with four species; Hadroplax n. gen., monotypic; Menoplax n. gen., monotypic; Microgoneplax n. gen., with five species of which four are new; Neogoneplax n. gen., with three species of which two are new; Neommatocarcinus Takeda & Miyake, 1969, monotypic; Notonyx A. Milne-Edwards, 1873, with three species; Ommatocarcinus White, 1852, with four species; Paragoneplax n. gen., monotypic; Psopheticus Wood-Mason, 1892, with four species; Pycnoplax n. gen., with five species of which one is new; Singhaplax Serene & Soh, 1976, with seven species of which four are new; and Thyraplax n. gen., with five species of which three are new. All goneplacine genera are exclusive to the Indo-West Pacific region (plus contiguous temperate areas) except Goneplax, which is so far known mostly from the Atlantic and Mediterranean regions. Four nominal species described by other authors were found to be junior subjective synonyms for other species: Carcinoplax verdensis Rathbun, 1914 and C polita Guinot, 1989 synonymous of C specularis Rathbun, 1914; Goneplax megalops Komatsu & Takeda, 2003 of Goneplacoides marivenae (Komatsu & Takeda, 2003) n. comb.; and Psopheticus insolitus Guinot, 1990 of P stridulans Wood-Mason, 1892.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

Two new species belonging to the family Goneplacidae MacLeay, 1838 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura) are described from the western Pacific Ocean. The first belongs to Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1852, the second to Pycnoplax Castro, 2007. The new species of Corcinoplax is distinguished from the 18 known species of the genus by the morphologies of the first male pleopods and outer orbital and anterolateral teeth; the new species of Pycnoplax is distinguished from the five known species of the genus by the morphology of the first and second male pleopods and the granular carapace. A female specimen of a third goneplacid, Thyraplax truncata Castro, 2007, which was previously known only from male specimens, is also described. The characters of the two new species further confirm that in the Goneplacidae s.s. the morphology of the external reproductive structures rather than that of the carapace are far more reliable in showing phylogenetic relationships among supraspecific taxa.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BORDAU 1, EBISCO, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SALOMON 1, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The present report deals with a collection of 33 species of Nassariidae from New Caledonian waters. Approximately 30 % of the species recorded are new geographical range extensions. Nassarius bifarius (Baird in Brenchley. 1873). Previously considered a synonym of N. Novaezelandiae (Reeve, 1854). And N. stigmarius (A. Adams. 1852). Previously considered a synonym of N. splendidulus (Dunker.,1846). Arc now acknowledged to be valid, separate species Nassarius olomea Kay, 1979 is synonymed with N. crebricostatus (Schepman, 1911). Nassarius (Zeuxis) arcus sp. nov is described and recorded from depths of 95-200 m.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The present study describes a new species of Arcoscalpellum Hoek, 1907, and a new species of Gymnoscalpellum Newman & Ross, 1971, collected by deep-sea expeditions led by the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle (Paris) in the Coral Sea off New Caledonia, Papua New Guinea (PNG), the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. Arcoscalpellum epeeum sp. Nov. Differs from all described species of Arcoscalpellum by the presence of a long, sharp, sword-shaped carina, which extends beyond the apices of the terga by 1/3 to 1/4 of their length. The species is dioecious, with large females and dwarf males that are sac-like, lack shell plates and are housed in paired receptacles at the inner edges of the scutal plates. Arcoscalpellum epeeum sp. Nov. Was collected in the waters of New Caledonia and Vanuatu. Gymnoscalpellum indopacificum sp. Nov. Differs from the six currently described species of Gymnoscalpellum by having a very small inframedian latus and a branched upper latus. The species is dioecious, with large females and dwarf males, the latter composed of 4 shell plates and housed in paired receptacles at the inner edges of the scutal plates. The penis of the dwarf males of G. indopacificum sp. Nov. Is about 0.8 of the total length of the male and has five side branches extending out along its length. Gymnoscalpellum indopacificum sp. Nov. Is distributed in the waters of Papua New Guinea, the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu, and represents the first record of this genus in the Indo-Pacific region.

BATHUS 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

The Indo-West-Pacific material previously identified as Eugonatonotus crassus (A. Milne Edwards, 1881) is found to be distinct from the typical form in the tropical Western Atlantic by bearing an extra pair of spines at the fifth abdominal tergite. The new form, named E. chacei sp. nov., is described and a holotype selected from Taiwanese material. The morphological differences between the two species are listed and discussed and their coloration is illustrated.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2

The species of Pontocaris Bate, 1888, and related genera, Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 and Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901, are reviewed based on the abundant samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut français de Recherche scientifique pour le Développement en Coopération), the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, the Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, and the National Taiwan Ocean University, as well as those deposited at other museums and institutions. Altogether 21 species and one subspecies are recognized which appear to form three natural groups. The genus Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901 is retained for the 6 species assigned to it by CHACE (1984), but different characters are used to differentiate them. An interlocking mechanism between the posterior thoracic sternites and the carapace is found in all species of the Pontocaris propensalata group, but not in the others. Furthermore, females of this group can modify their pereiopods, probably for the care of the eggs, when they molt for spawning. Such modification of the pereiopods is unique in the carideans according to present knowledge. Thus, the genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888, is now restricted to the species of this group and BRUCE'S (1988) Pontocheras becomes a junior synonym of the former. At present 10 species and one subspecies are recognized in this group, with the names P. affinis (Alcock, 1901) and P. hilarula (de Man, 1918) revived and four new species and one new subspecies described : P. major from the Philippines, P. laurentae and P. spinifera from Indonesia, P. profundior from the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden, and P. affinis allodactylus from the Red Sea. The name Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 is revived for five species with characters intermediate between Parapontocaris and Pontocaris (as defined here), namely A. cataphractus (Olivi, 1792), A. lacazei (Gourret, 1887), A. orientalis Henderson, 1893, A. rathbuni de Man, 1918 and A. boschii (Christoffersen, 1988). Keys for distinguishing these three genera and the identification of the species are provided. The distribution and evolution, as well as sexual dimorphism and polymorphism in females, of these species are briefly discussed. Both the morphological characters and distribution patterns suggest that the genus Parapontocaris is relatively more ancient and has a typical Tethys distribution. On the other hand, species of Pontocaris possess many advanced characters and are still actively evolving in the Indo-West Pacific. The intermediate genus Aegaeon probably forms a link between the above two genera and has successfully invaded the Atlantic from the original Indo-West Pacific distribution.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement en Cooperation), Service Mixte de Contrôle Biologique des Armees (SMCB) and the National Taiwan Ocean University in the Indo-West Pacific (off Madagascar, Seychelles Islands, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and Polynesia) as well as others obtained on loan from various museums led to a reexamination of the species belonging to the Plesionika narval group. Fourteen species are recognized of which 6 are new : P. yui from Taiwan, P. echinicola from New Caledonia, P. laurentae from New Caledonia and Eastern Australia, P. flavicauda from New Caledonia and Polynesia, P. rubrior and P. curvata from Polynesia. P. escalilis (Stimpson, 1860) is considered to be a synonym of P. narval. The specimens from the Atlantic identified as STIMPSON'S species by LEMAITRE and GORE (1988) are identified as P. longicauda (Rathbun, 1901). P. narval and P. serratifrons (Borradaile, 1900) are considered as distinct species but so similar that finding reliable characters to separate them is very difficult especially as individual variations are observed. P. narval is presently regarded as living only in the Mediterranean and Eastern Atlantic (from Spain to Cape Verde Islands) but it appears South-West Pacific and with a rather restricted distribution. A key mainly for adults is offered for the identification of the species of this group. As coloration very often seems to be a reliable character for identifying fresh specimens, color photographs are included. Unfortunately it was not possible to obtain information on the coloration of all the species and consequently this character could only be used rarely in the key.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Before the present study, Plesionika rostricrescentis (Bate, 1888) and P. lophotes Chace, 1985 were the two Plesionika species unique in having a high basal rostral crest. A recently described species, P. erythrocyclus Chan & Crosnier, 1997 has a low basal rostral crest but is evidently related to P. rostricrescentis. Close examination of the abundant material collected during the MUSORSTOM expeditions and from Taiwan revealed that there are at least eight species in this ‘‘P. rostricrescentis-P. lophotes’’ species complex. These taxa are morphologically very similar but can be distinguished by their very distinctive colorations, which are often striking and consist of large circular spots. In the ‘‘P. rostricrescentis’’ group, which has the dorsal margin of the rostrum unarmed between the anteriormost tooth of the basal rostral crest and the subapical teeth, five species are recognized. Plesionika rostricrescentis is still known only by the holotype from the Kai Islands. Two new species, P. hsuehyui and P. suffusa, closely similar to P. rostricrescentis, are described. Plesionika hsuehyui is widely distributed from Taiwan to Fiji, while P. suffusa has only been found off New Caledonia. Plesionika erythrocyclus, previously known only from Taiwan and French Polynesia, occurs widely in the southern Pacific. Another new species, P. bimaculata, which closely resembles P. erythrocyclus, is distributed off New Caledonia and in adjacent areas. Three species are recognized in the ‘‘P. lophotes’’ group, which bear dorsal rostral teeth between the basal rostral crest and subapical teeth. Plesionika lophotes is restricted to the area between Japan and northwestern Australia. Two further closely similar new species, P. rufomaculata and P. scopifera are described, the former widely distributed from Okinawa to Futuna Island, the latter only off New Caledonia and Tonga. Although coloration is very important in distinguishing these species, species with similar color patterns do not necessarily belong to the same species group. Morphologically, these species are mainly separated by the height of the basal rostral crest, the number of rostral teeth, and the length of the stylocerite and the dactyli of the posterior three pereiopods. However, there is sexual dimorphism in the development of the basal rostral crest in these species, sometimes making positive identification of males and young specimens difficult.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, VOLSMAR

Recent French deep-sea expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific resulted in the collection of abundant material of the deep-sea lobster genus Puerulus Ortmann, 1897 (Palinuridae). Difficulties in identification necessitated a generic revision and as a result, five new species are described, all of which are similar to P. angulatus (Bate, 1888). Puerulus angulatus was thought to have a wide distribution from eastern Africa to Marquesas Islands, but is now restricted to the western Pacific, from Japan to Australia. Of the five new species, P. gibbosus n. sp. is found in eastern Africa, P. mesodontus n. sp. from Japan to Fiji, P. richeri n. sp. from the New Caledonia to Marquesas Islands, while P. sericus n. sp. and P. quadridentis n. sp. mainly occur around New Caledonia. Of the other three previously described species, the distribution of P. velutinus Holthuis, 1963, is extended to Fiji, while P. sewelli Ramadan, 1938, and P. carinatus Borradaile, 1910, are still only known from the northern and western parts of the Indian Ocean, respectively. COI gene sequence differences support the morphological species distinctions.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, ???msg.security.private???, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MAINBAZA, ???msg.security.private???, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Dorippidae material collected by several French expeditions (MUSORSTOM 3-6, CHALCAL l, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL) from 1980 to 1989, a French Indonesian cruise (CORINDON 2) in 1980 and the MARIEL KING MEMORIAL EXPEDITION in 1970 off the Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia yielded a total of 24 species (including 2 uncertain species) belonging to 2 subfamilies and 3 genera. Twelve species are new and 10 species are first records from New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6

The eumedonid genera Eumedonus H. Milne Edwards, 1834 and Gonatonotus White, 1847, are revised. Members of both genera are obligate symbionts with sea urchins. Eumedonus is separated from Gonatonotus mainly by the presence or absence of crests on the merus of the ambulatory legs. Eumedonus , as here defined, contains five species, viz. E. niger H. Milne Edwards, 1834 ( type species), E. vicinus Rathbun, 1918, E. zebra Alcock, 1895, E. brevirhynchus n. sp., and E. intermedius n. sp. Gonatonotus, as here re-diagnosed, includes three species, viz. G. pentagonus White, 1847 ( type species), G. granulosus (MacGilchrist, 1905), n. comb. And G. nasutus n. sp.

CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5

A new species of a turrid gastropod is described and compared with similar species. The new species has been collected in Japan from Okinawa Prefecture and from Wakayama Prefecture, central Honshu. It has also been taken off Aliguay Island in Northern Mindanao Province, Philippine Islands, and from several localities in the Western Pacific. The nes species has a brown maculate pattern with numerous dark brown spots, a brownfish purple siphonal process and a rather deep, with anal sinus.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

The new waspfish Ocosia dorsomaculata n. sp. (Tetrarogidae) is described, based on specimens from Australia (5) and New Caledonia (51). Although O. dorsomaculata and Ocosia apia Poss & Eschmeyer 1975 both share modally XVI, 8 dorsal-fin rays with a long second dorsal-fin spine, and presence of supraocular, lateral lacrimal, and suborbital spines, the former has modally 13 pectoral-fin rays (vs. usually 12 in the latter), a lower modal count of total gill rakers (10 vs. 16–18), greater upper-jaw length, greater third to sixth dorsal-fin spine lengths, the third dorsal-fin spine slightly shorter than the second dorsal-fin spine (vs. third spine markedly shorter than second spine), 1 or 2 prominent pale brown to dark brown blotches on the membrane between the fifth to eighth or sixth to ninth dorsal-fin spines (vs. 1 blotch on the membrane around the third dorsal-fin spine and 1 blotch on the membrane between the sixth to eighth dorsal-fin spines), and body with 11–15 longitudinal pale brown to dark brown bars along lateral line (vs. irregular brown specks). A key to the species of Ocosia is given.

CONCALIS, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, NORFOLK 2

Numerous samples of Stylodactylidae collected between 1976 and 1989 off the Philippines, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands (MUSORSTOM, BIOCAL, CHALCAL, CORAIL 2 a n d SMIB cruises) are studied here. Other collections from Indonesia (CORINDON 2 cruise), Madagascar (coll. A. CROSNIER and R. CLEVA), and la Réunion (« MARION DUFRESNE », cruise M D 32) are included. This material is of particular interest since many specimens of various taxa have been collected : eighteen species and subspecies have been identified in it, of which nine are new : three species and one subspecies in the genus Stylodactylus. four species in the genus Parastylodactylus, and one in the new genus Stylodactyloides. Nine species and one subspecies of the genus Stylodactylus A. Milne Edwards, 1881., are represented in the collections studied here. S. laurentae sp. nov., with its typically short rostrum, seems to be one of the most common shrimps of the genus in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. profundus sp. nov., unfortunately represented by specimens in incomplete or poor condition, extends the bathymetric range of the family : it has been collected, off New Caledonia, between 1395-1410 and 1618-1740 m. S. brevidactylus sp. nov. is represented by a single specimen from the Philippines : we at first considered that this specimen was an aberrant example of S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, but decided then to re-examine our opinion because of its peculiar characters. Twenty seven specimens (eleven from the Philippines and sixteen from Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia) have been identified as S. licinus Chace, 1983, a little known species described from the Philippines, and eleven others (one from Indonesia and ten from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands) as S. tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968, only known by the holotype collected in the east China sea (the paratype of S. tokarensis is suspected of being a specimen of S. licinus Chace). S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, is probably one of the most commonly caught species of the family. Many specimens have been collected by the french campaigns from the Philippines, New Caledonia, and Madagascar : Neocaledonian specimens differ from the former by a longer rostrum and longer spines on the margin of the antennal scale. These differences are still more accentuated in Madagascarian specimens, and we finally decided to create for them a new subspecies, S. multidentatus robustus. Two other species of Stylodactylus are represented in our material : S. macropus Chace, 1983, of which the only previouly known specimen was collected by the « ALBATROSS » in the Philippines, is reported here, again from the Philippines and from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. libratus Chace, 1983, described from a single specimen from Indonesia (Celebes, « ALBATROSS » collection) and reported then from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER and GRIFFIN (1987) has been collected in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. One specimen from Madagascar appears to be very close to S. libratus but shows however some différences from it, so that we identify it as S. aff. libratus. The genus Neostylodactylus Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, is represented in our material by two species : N. amarynthis (de Man, 1902), and N. affinis Hayashi & Miyake, 1968 : in these two species we have noted the very particular sexual dimorphism mentioned by CHACE (1983 : 6) for N. amarynthis : females differ from maies in lacking arthrobranchs on pereiopods 1 to 4. The geographical distribution of N. amarynthis extends now, in the Indo-Pacific, to the southwestern Indian Océan (La Réunion), and that of N. affinis, previously known only from the Korea Strait at 120 m depth, is shown to belong to the New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands fauna ; it has been caught between 235 and 440 m. Four new species have been included in the genus Parastylodactylus created by FIGUEIRA in 1971 for Stylodactylus bimaxillaris Bate, 1888, and until now monospecific. P. bimaxillaris (Bate), known from a large part of the Indo-Pacific, is mentioned for the first time from New Caledonia and Madagascar. P. tranterae sp. nov., collected off New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, was first reported from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER a n d GRIFFIN (1987) who suspected that it was a new species, butdid not name it, on account of the poor condition of the single specimen in their possession. P. semblatae sp. nov. seems to be very common in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. P. richeri sp. nov., from New Caledonia, and P. longidactylus sp. nov., from the Philippines, each represented by a few specimens only, are fairly closely related species, but however are clearly distinct taxa. A new genus, Stylodactyloides, is proposed for a new species collected from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, 5. crosnieri, which has a very unusual stylocerite, broadly rounded distally, which distinguishes it from ail other members of the family. It may be noted that several points in the systematics of the Stylodactylidae remain obscure. These will necessitate the examination of new collections. This work, however, shows the particular interest of these collection, concerning a little known and poorly represented family (nine new taxa described, representing more than one third of the species known until now), and indicates the richness of New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands waters, where thirteen species have been collected, including six of the nine new ones. Ail the new taxa have been illustrated, and individual variations carefully studied in the species represented by numerous specimens. Color photographs of several species, taken on board during some of these cruises, complété the iconography. Identification keys are proposed for the four généra and twenty six species and subspecies now recognized in the family.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Twenty nine specimens of the rare deep-sea shrimps Bathypalaemonellidae, just represented until now by few species and specimens (nine species, gathered in only one genus, Bathypalaemonella Balss, 1914) have been collected during different cruises, that occured, on the one hand, in the east Atlantic (Ibero-Moroccan Gulf: BALGIM-84, 1984, and SEAMOUNT 1, 1988; Açores, BIACORES, 1971), and on the other hand, mainly in the Pacific Ocean: Philippines (MUSORSTOM 2 , 1980); Indonesia (KARUBAR, 1991); New Caledonia (BIOCAL, 1985; MUSORSTOM 4, 1985; SMIB 2, 1986; VOLSMAR, 1989; HALIPRO 2, 1996); Vanuatu (MUSORSTOM 8, 1994); Marquesas islands, French Polynesia (MUSORSTOM 9, 1997), and another specimen from the Gulf of Aden (SCIMEROUAD, 1977), that prove to belong to a new species, Bathypalaemonella adenensis n. sp., which can be separated from the seven other species maintained in the genus Bathypalaemonella, by the feature of the scaphocerite (the latero-distal spine overreaches significantly the distal margin of the blade), and of the telson, ended by three pairs of spines. Seven species have been collected: apart from Bathypalaemonella adenensis n. sp., these are: Bathypalaemonella serratipalma Pequegnat, 1970; B. hayashii Komai, 1995; B. cf. humilis Bruce, 1966; B. pandaloides (Rathbun, 1906); B. brevirostris Bruce, 1986; B. pilosipes Bruce, 1986. Bathypalaemonetes n. gen. is established for the last two species mentionned above, Bathypalaemonella brevirostris and B. pilosipes, which can be separated from the species of the genus Bathypalaemonella by a set of features such as: cephalothorax with at the most one postrostral spine; major second pereopod with the ischium shorter than the merus, and its fingers showing a serie of tubercles; minor second pereopod with the dactyl far less shorter than the palm. A key to the genera and species of the family is proposed.

???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BIOCAL, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 2, VOLSMAR

Seven shrimp species of the family Stylodactylidae are reported here from Taiwanese waters, four of which represent new records for the area. Only three species of this family were previously known from Taiwan: Stylodactylus in multidentatus Kubo, 1942, and Parastylodactylus bimaxillaris (Bate, 1888), both present in the collection studied here, and Bathystylodactylus inflatus Hanamura & Takeda, 1996, no material in the present collection. Stylodactylus major Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, is recorded for the second time. The other species are: Stylodactylus libratus Chace, 1983, Stylodactylus licinus Chace, 1983, and Stylodactylus tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968. On another hand, the status of a seventh species, related to Stylodactylus pubescens Burukovsky 1990, is left unresolved. The rare deep-sea shrimp family Bathypalaemonellidae is added to the Taiwanese decapod fauna, being represented by four species, one of which is new: Bathypalaemonella hayashii Komai, 1995; Bathypalaemonetes brevirostris (Bruce, 1986); Bathypalaemonetes pilosipes (Bruce, 1986) and Bathypalaemonetes chani, new species.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003

The greatest part of the types of the brachyuran crabs (Crustacea, Decapoda) in the Crustacea collection of the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, is already catalogued on registers and is to be gradually published. This first annotated catalogue lists the nominal species belonging to the Podotremata (i.e. crabs with coxal male and female gonopores, and spermathecae): families Homolodromiidae, Dromiidae, Dynomenidae, Homoliclae, Poupiniidae, Cycloclorippidae, Cymonomidae, Phyllotymolinidae and Raninidae. The names of the taxa are presented in their original combination. The erroneous references to specimens as "types" have been noted and corrected in conformity with the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. The types of a total of 104 species are listed herein, out of about 370 known species of podotreme crabs. Photographs of most of the type specimens are also provided. A bibliography and an index are included.

???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 1, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

Coelopleurus exquisitus sp. nov. Coppard & Schultz, 2006 occurs at depths of 240 m to 520 m off of New Caledonia in the South Pacific. This new species is distinctive in having large naked interambulacral median regions that are purple with an undulating lavender line, in conjunction with highly curved primary spines that are banded red and pale-green on their dorsal surface for three quarters of the distal length, pointed secondary spines and aboral ophicephalous pedicellariae that have constricted valves.

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4

Species of the bivalve family Lucinidae form a previously unrecognized and signifi cant component of bivalve assemblages at bathyal depths (150-1000 m) in the Indo-West Pacifi c province. Elliptiolucina labeyriei n. gen., n. sp., from 2570 m, is the deepest-occurring lucinid species. South-East Asian seas, from Taiwan to the Arafura Sea, are a hotspot of deep-water lucinid diversity, with 11 species recorded from the Philippines and 14 from Indonesia. Numerous species are in the 20-50 mm range, with several up to 75-80 mm in size, and Meganodontia acetabulum reaches 150 mm. Several species co-occur with representatives of the Vesicomyidae, characteristic of seep and vent communities. It is hypothesized that the lucinid species of this radiation live in discrete pockets of poorly oxygenated sediments enriched in sulfi de by plant debris from nearby land masses and/or diffuse seeping. A parallel is drawn with the “Calcari a Lucina” from the Miocene of Europe. Nine new genera and 32 new species are described.

BENTHAUS, BORDAU 1, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2004

Samples collected around Madagascar and La Réunion, which included seven species of the genus Heierocarpus, led to the re-examination of all the Heterocarpus (nine species) reported previously from the region. A new species, H. calmani, which had been confounded until now with H. woodmasoni Alcock, 1901, is described. The occurrence of H. lepidus de Man, 1917, of which the specimens collected in the region had been identified wrongly as H. fricarinatus Alcock and Anderson, 1894, is proved. The re-examination of the type of H. unicarinaius Borradaile, 1915, only known specimen of this species, permits the completion of its description, but makes one wonder if this species really belongs to the genus Heterocarpus. Comparisons between specimens from Madagascar and La Réunion and specimens from the West-Pacific and from the Atlantic permit the consideration of variations associated with geographical areas and depths of sampling for H. dorsalis Bate, 1888, H. ensifer A. Milne Edwards, 1881, H. laevigaius Bate, 1888, H. lepidus de Man, 1917, and H. sibogae de Man, 1917. These comparisons also allow better definition of the features separating H. lepidus from H. gibbosus Bate, 1888, and H. iricarinatus. A careful examination of the (( ensifer )) complex permits the description of two new species, H. aniacula and H. huyasliii, and the elevation to specific rank of H. parvispina, considered, until now, to be a subspecies of H. ensifer. On the other hand, H. tricarinaius is split into two subspecies, H. tricarinaius iricarinaius, found in the Indian Ocean, and H. [ricarinatus angustus subsp. Nov., found in the West-Pacific. A key is offered for their dentification of the 25 recognized species and subspecies of the genus. Moreover, attention is drawn to the interest often presented by the coloration in the species of this genus.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMCB

This paper is a continuation of the work published in 1987, in which a group of 10 species and one subspecies of Indo-West Pacific Metapenaeopsis without stridulating organs were treated. The study presented here is based on abundant material supplied by a large number of ORSTOM collections made in the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles and New Caledonia) and by joint expéditions by ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MUSORSTOM 1-6, CORINDON, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1 and 2 cruises) in the Philippines, Indonesia, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands and by the MD 32 cruise in the vicinity of La Réunion, supported by the TAAF (Terres Australes et Antarctiques Françaises). Additional material from the collections of the National Muséum of Natural History, Washington, from several Australian Muséums, as well as from the Muséums of Amsterdam, Leiden, Copenhagen and Frankfürt was also examined. Problems have occurred because of insufficient original descriptions and these have resulted in many errors in the Iiterature. All the type specimens have been re-examined (except for M. gallensis Pearson which is apparently lost), and also most of the specimens cited in the Iiterature. Corrected identifications and distributions are given. Among the species previously described, 18 are recognized as valid, either as species or as subspecies : M. assimilis (de Man, 1920), M. ceylonica Starobogatov, 1972, M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898, M. dalei (Rathbun, 1902), M. distincta (de Man, 1907), M. evermanni (Rathbun, 1906), M. faouzii (Ramadan, 1938), M. gallensis (Pearson, 1905), M. hilarula (de Man, 1911), M. Iamellata (de Haan, 1844), M. mannarensis de Bruin, 1965, M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904), M. mogiensis mogiensis (Rathbun, 1902), M. quinquedenta (de Man, 1907), M. tarawensis Racek & Dali, 1965, M. vaillanti (Nobili, 1904), M. velutina (Dana, 1852), M. wellsi Racek, 1967. Six species are considered to be synonyms : M. borradailei (de Man, 1911) = M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898. M. bruini Starobogatov, 1972 = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. caliper Liu & Zhong et al., 1988 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. insona Racek & Dali, 1965 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. perlarum (Nobili, 1905) = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. raceki Starobogatov, 1972 = M. assimilis (de Man, 1920). Fifteen species and 2 subspecies are described as new : M. costata, M. difficilis, M. gaillardi, M. incisa, M. laubieri, M. marquesas, M. menoui, M. mogiensis complanata, M. mogiensis intermedia, M. parahilarula, M. persica, M. propinqua, M. proxima, M. quadrilobata, M. richeri, M. spatulata, M. spiridonovi. A total of 35 species and subspecies (not counting one form described under the name M. aff. Distincta which is probably new) are treated. Thus 46 species and subspecies of Metapenaeopsis lacking stridulating organs are now known to occur in the Indo-West Pacific. Two identification keys are presented : one for males, another for females. They are mainly intended as a guide to the numerous figures included in the paper. Illustrations of the genitalia provide assistance in recognizing the characters used to separate the species. All the petasmata are depicted with lobes both closed and separated. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident. Déductions about the biogeography must be regarded with caution because they may reflect differences in sampling effort across the various areas and also because many small species have not been adequately collected. It is of particular interest to note that in the New Caledonian region, where there have been many collections made using a variety of methods, 17 species are known, whereas from the vast Philippines-Indonesia region only 19 have been recorded and only 9 from the whole of Australia. Finally some general considerations on the genus Metapenaeopsis are presented and it is suggested that the species currently assigned to it should perhaps be placed in 2 or 3 genera. An effort has been made to define the groups that might be deserving more formal recognition.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 5

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 5

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 5

AZTEQUE, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

A new species, Heterocarpus intermedius, confused until now with H. woodmasoni Alcock, 1901, is described after specimens caught off the east coast of Australia, New Caledonia, the Loyalty and the Chesterfield islands, and the Combe and Tuscarora banks. It can be separated mainly by the fact that it has no postrostral crest and only two pairs of dorsolateral spines on the telson. An addition to the indentification key of the Heterocarpus species publishede by Crosnier (1988) is proposed.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 9

Penaeopsis (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae) collected in the south-west Pacific by French expeditions since 1976. Description of a new species. This work is based on collections made in the south-west Pacific by IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. It deals with four species of Penaeopsis Bate, 188 1: P challengeri de Man, 1911, P eduardoi Perez Farfante, 1977, P rectacuta (Bate, 188 1), and a new species, P mclaughlinae n. sp. Depth zones and geographic distributions of the three known species are revised, especially those of P challengeri. Penaeopsis mclaughlinae n. sp. is closely related to P eduardoi but it is easily distinguished by the more sinuous shape of the distal part of the ventrolateral lobules of the petasma, and the large rounded protuberance on the median plate of the thelycum.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

This work deals with 31 species of Sicyonia H. Milne Edwards, 1830, based on the collections made by the IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, and on the collections of 28 other museums. Nineteen species are considered valid: S. australiensis Hanamura Wadley, 1998; S. benthophila de Man, 1907; S. bispinosa de Haan, 1850; S. curvirostris Balss, 1913; S. fallax de Man, 1907; S. furcata Miers, 1878; S. inflexa (Kubo, 1949); S. japonica Balss, 1914; S. laevis Bate, 1881; S. lancifer (Olivier, 1811); S. longicauda Rathbun, 1906; S. nasica Burukovsky, 1990; S. ocellata Stimpson, 1860; S. parafallax Crosnier, 1995; S. parvula de Haan, 1850; S. rectirostris de Man, 1907; S. trispinosa de Man, 1907; S. truncata (Kubo, 1949) and S. vitulans (Kubo, 1949). Four species are considered to be synonyms: S. cristata (de Haan, 1844) = S. lancifer; S. formosa (Chan & Yu, 1985) = S. furcata; S. ommanneyi Hall, 1961 = S. ocellata; S. nebulosa Kubo, 1949 = S. laevis. Twelve species are described as new: S. abathophila n. sp., S. adunca n. sp., S. altirostrum n. sp., S. dejouanneti n. sp., S. komai n. sp., S. longicornis n. sp., S. metavitulans n. sp., S. parajaponica n. sp., S. robusta n. sp., S. rocroi n. sp., S. rotunda n. sp. and S. taiwanesis n. sp. Some forms, near S. australiensis and S. dejouanneti n. sp., are mentioned but not named because the material available is insufficient. An attempt is made to classify the Indo-West Pacific species of Sicyonia into eight groups. Some groups are coherent, while others are certainly artificial. Some species cannot be placed in any of the groups and the placement of several species known from one sex only remains hazardous. An identification key is presented. Particular care was taken in illustrating the genitalia, which provide the most important characters for recognizing the species. Colour photographs show the coloration of living specimens of 17 species. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies, high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident, as well as the reduction of the number of species when one moves away from the area, except for New Caledonian area because of the unusually high h density of the samples collected in this area.

???msg.security.private???, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Two 3 beta-methoxy secosteriods, named jereisterol A and B were isolated from the pacific sponge Jereicopsis graphidiophora Levi & Levi. Their structures, which combine rare 3 beta-methoxy and seco features, were determined as (24 R) 24-methyl-3-beta-methoxy-8-alpha,9-alpha-oxido-8,9-secocholesta-7,9(11)-diene (1) and (24R) 24-methyl-3-beta-methoxy-8,14-secocholesta-8,14-dione (2).

MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A systematic study of the ctenostome and anascan cheilostome (malacostegan, cellularine, and scruparioid) Bryozoa collected during the recent set of MUSORSTOM cruises has yielded 12 families, 26 genera and subgenera, 51 species and 4 subspecies, mostly from bathyal depths. Only 6 of the species have previously been recorded from New Caledonian waters. The new taxa comprise 1 family (Leiosalpingidae), 3 genera (Candomenipea, Candoscrupocellaria, Astoleiosalpinx), 2 subgenera (Beanodendria, Thaminozoum), 15 species and 4 subspecies. Also newly recorded for the first time from New Caledonian waters are 5 families (4 ctenostomatous), 14 généra (4 ctenostomatous) and 25 species ; 11 of the latter are common to New Caledonia and New Zealand in deeper waters.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

This study concerns the systematics of Entoprocta and Cheilostomate Bryozoa (infraorders Pseudomalacostegomorpha and Cryptocystomorpha) collected during various cruises around New Caledonia. One new entoproct species is described in the genus Loxokalypus, and 12 families (1 new), 27 genera (2 new), and 40 species (16 new) of Bryozoa are recorded. The new bryozoan taxa comprise the family Bryopastoridae, the genera Lamoitrouxia and Promicroa and the subgenus Henrimilnella. A new key is provided for the identification of genera of Cellariidae. A new species of the buguloidean bryozoan Himantozoum is also provided. The genus Pseudothyracella, previously known only from the Paleogene of Northwestern Europe and North America, is represented by a new, living species. Thirteen genera and 19 species are newly recorded in the New Caledonian fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

An inventory of the currently known species of Anthomatinae is presented, with accounts of their main specific characters and geographic distribution, based in part on previously unpublished information. Two new species are described: Anthomastus bayeri M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from the Chatham Islands (44°23’ S, 179°40’ W) and Pseudoanthomastus paravenustus M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from Amsterdam Island (38°43’ S, 77°28’ E).

CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MD04 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 5

The genus Platepistoma Rathbun, 1906, is reviewed and considered ta be valid and not a subgenus of Cancer Linnaeus, 1758. Three new species are described viz. P. nanum, P. kiribatiense and P. seychellense. They are mainly separated on the distinctness of the carapace regions, extent of dorsal granulation of the carapace, and shape of the telson of the male abdomen. The genus is considered to contain seven species, and a key is provided. The name Platepistorna anaglyptum Balss, 1922, is resurrected and the synonymy clarified. Cancer balssii Zarenkov, 1990, is placed in Platepistoma. Cancer (Glebocarcinus) Nations, 1975, is also considered a valid taxon and provisionally allowed to remain as a subgenus of Cancer; it contains at least Cancer oregonensis Rathbun, 1898, and C. amphioetus Rathbun, 1898. Platepistoma is restricted to deeper water, mostly greater than 350 m, in the Indo-West Pacific Oceans, and this is briefly discussed in relation to recent biogeographic theories.

AZTEQUE, CHALCAL 2, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 4, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 4

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Basal discodorids, with an emphasis on Discodoris and Peltodoris, are revised for the first time. Hundreds od specimens were examined, including all type availables. The individuals variation of morphological characters is evaluated and taken into account for species delineation. Discodorids species are rediscribed based on large numbers of individuals: e.g., 98 individuals were dissected for Sebadoris fragilis (Alder and Hancock, 1864). The nomenclature status (valid name, synonym, nomen dubium) of 125 species names is adressed. Prior to the present study, there were 106 valid names, 13 synonyms, two nomina dubia, three permanently invalid names, one nomen nudum; after revision, there are 39 valid names, 12 synonyms (out of the 13 former synonyms), 25 new synonyms, 27 nomina dubia, three permanently invalid names, one nomen nudum, and 18 names that refer to poorly-know species (which could be nomina dubia, synonyms or valid names). Those numbers confirm again the critical need for taxonomic revisions in order to obtain a reliable knowledge on species biodiversity. Also, the high proportion of new synontyms and new nomina dubia is related to the fact that many discodorids were described based on few specimens (of the 81 Discodoris species names, only five were originally created with more than 4 specimens). Another important factor that explains the high proportion of new synonyms and nomina dubia is the large number of incomplete originale descriptions. The supra-specific relationships of all species considered are addressed based on cladistic analysis. Discodoris is a clade including only two of all the former Discodoris species: Discodoris boholiensis Bergh, 1877, the type species of Discodoris under the ICZN, and Discodoris cebuensis Bergh, 1877. Peltodoris is a clade including only three species: Peltodoris atromaculata Bergh, 1880, the type speces of Peltodoris under the ICZN, Peltodoris mullineri Millen and Bertsch, 2000, and Peltodoris murrea (Abraham, 1877). Also, several species are re-allocated to different discodorid clades: e.g., Discodoris fragilis (Alder and Hancock, 1864) transferred to Sebadoris, Doris raripilosa Abraham, 1877 to Asteronotus, and Discodoris crawfordi Burn, 1969 to Rostanga. However, 50 species (including 21 valid species, 17 nomina dubia, and 12 poorly know species) could not be places in any of the discodorid clades (genera), and therefore are part of a metaphyletic group at the base of Discodorididae. There are 50 species names for which we cannot use a generic name as the first part of the Linnaean binomial. This situation is handled in two ways. First, "Montereina", is used as a genus name for all the species that are part of the metaphyletic group at the base of Discodorididae (the quotation marks indicate that this genus name does not refer to a clade), which is compatible with the ICZN but contradicts phylogenetic principles. Second, the clade name Discodorididae is used as a clade address for those species that cannot be placed in a clade of "generic" rank, which is compatible with the International Code of Phylogenetic Nomenclature (ICPN), or PhyloCode. The use of a supra-generic name instead of a generic name in front of a specific name is implemented in a monographic revision for the first time here, and represents a major change in our nomenclature practices. The vast majority of the species regarded as valid here are efficently delineated based on morphological features (mainly the dorsal color, the shape of the radular teeth, and the reproductive system). However, in a few cases, such as in Tayuva, it seems that species cannot be distinguished morphologically. Future possible studies that could help solve those taxonomic issues are discussed. Seven new species are describes. However, those new species are not formally named for a variety of reasons (mainly because not enough information was available). Finally, many new records are provided, especially from the tropical Indo-West Pacific.

BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8

CALSUB, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

The genus Eumunida, belonging to the family Chirostylidae, is represented in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands by seven species, ail of them new to Science : Eumunida keijii, E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, E. parva, E. minor and E. marginata. Four species (E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, and E. parva) are very common at depths between 400 and 600 meters, being currently caught at the same stations. The other species are scarce, and hâve been collected either at the same depths (E. keijii), or in shallower waters (E. minor and E. marginata). The high abundance of thèse species could be related to the présence on the bottom of hydrocorallians of the family Stylasteridae. Three species (E. keijii, E. annulosa and E. sternomaculata) belong to the group A after GORDON (1930), characterized by a spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. The latter two of thèse species hâve a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. keijii is closely related to E. pacifica Gordon, 1930, from the south of Timor, but, among other différences, the two are readily distinguished by the size of the first hepatic spine, the médian sinus of the third thoracic sternite and the scales on the sternal segments. E. sternomaculata resembles E. sp., from southeast Australia (E. picta, GORDON, 1930, in part) ; both are nevertheless easily distinguished by the shape of the frontal part of the carapace, the direction of the supraorbital spines and the relative lengths of the anterolateral spines and antennal peduncles. E. annulosa is close to E. sternomaculata. Thèse two species are differentiated by the shape of the rostral spines, the ornamentation of the carapace, the length and shape of the chelipeds and the présence or absence of a disto-mesial spine on the carpus of the chelipeds. E. marginata, E. capillata, E. parva and E. minor belong to the group B, after GORDON, that has no spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. With the exception of E. parva, ail the other species are provided with a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. parva is closely related to E. smithii Henderson, 1883, from the south of Timor, and to E. propior Baba, 1988, from the Philippines. A discussion about the identity of the material of E. smithii from différent expéditions and the relationships between the three species is provided. The maies of thèse three species are characterized by the présence of pleopods on the second to fifth abdominal segments. E. capillata is very close to E. parva, but can be easily distinguished from it by a number of characters. The main différence is the présence of a pad on the ventral surface of the cheliped palm in capillata, and its absence in parva. E. minor is the smallest représentative of the genus. The species is clearly distinguishable from ail the others of the group B by the présence of two prominent spines on the merus of the third maxillipeds, and of four longitudinal rows of spines on the merus of the cheliped. Its closest relative is E. balssi Gordon, 1930. E. marginata is related to E. gordonae Baba, 1973, from Japan. However, the length and the spinulation of the pereopods are very different.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

A new genus is porposed for a new species widely distributed in the western Pacific Ocean from the Philippine Islands in the northwestern Pacific south to Kermadec Islands of New Zeland. Jacquesia n. genus, bears considerable similarity to Iridopagurus de Saint Laurent-Dechancé, 1966, in lacking an accessory tooth on the crista dentata of the third maxilliped, but having eleven pairs of quadriserial gills, slender elongate and subequal chelipeds and a well-developed left male sexual tube. It is distinguished from Iridopagurus by he presence of paired fisrt pleopods in females. The new species is a very distinct, but morphologically variable species. Theses variations, however, do not appear to be correlated with either size or sex.

BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Le benthos profond récolté tout d'abord lors des campagnes océanographiques MUSORSTOM IV (1) et CHALCAL (2), puis lors des campagnes de récoltes SMlB (1986, 1987, 1989) s'est avéré être extrèmement riche en invertébrés divers dont beaucoup sont nouveaux. L'abondance et l'originalité de cette faune nous a conduit à étudier une cinquantaine d'organismes recoltés entre 200 et 700m: éponges (40), échinodermes (1 O), alcyonaires (2), madréporaires (1).

CHALCAL 1, MUSORSTOM 4

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

A new right eyed flounder, Samariscus hexaradiatus, is described on the basis of two specimens collected from the Solomon Islands, southwestern Pacific Ocean, at depths of 135-325 m. The new species is distinguished from other species of the genus by the following characters: 6 pectoral-fin rays; 82 dorsal-fin rays and 60-62 anal-fin rays; 9 abdominal vertebrae and 32 caudal vertebrae; presence of ctenoid scales on the interorbital space and high number (74-75) of lateral-line scales. Ocular side of body light brown with four and three distinguishable horseshoe-shaped spots along margins of both dorsal and ventral profiles, respectively. Two indistinct dusky blotches on the lateral line, one situated before the distal end part of the pectoral fin when flattened posteriorly, the other placed near the last one-third of the body length. Two distinct black spots placed on the upper and lower margins of the caudal peduncle at the posterior end of the dorsal and anal fins, respectively. Pectoral fin with dark pigmentation. Dorsal and anal fins dusky brown near the proximal and distal ends of the fin-rays, respectively, and with distinct series of small dusky spots on the medial parts the fin-rays.

BATHUS 4, BOA0, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1

The biological exploration of deep-sea benthos off New Caledonia during the years 1978-1989 has yielded a rich mollusc fauna, including 30 species of Pectinoidea. The highest diversity, with 14 species, is observed in the 600-800 m depth interval, and only three species have been collected below 1500 m. The fauna belongs to Propeamussiidae (21 species, all taken alive), Entoliidae (1 species, alive), and Pectinidae (8 species, 6 taken alive). Nine species are new to science: Parvamussium multiliratum, P. retiaculum, P. retiolum, P. squalidulum, P. undisonum, P. vesiculatum, Cyclopecten horridus, C. pellucidulus (Propeamussiidae), and Hyalopecten mireilleae (Pectinidae). Most of the other species are new records for the region. Ten lectotypes are designated, one new synonym and one new combination recognized. This pectinoid fauna shows a strong similarity to that of the wider Indo-Pacific, and marginally to that of northern New Zealand and southeastern Australia.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The genus Cypraeopsis was so far known from two species in the Miocene of Europe and South-East Asia. An unnamed species is here recorded from the upper Oligocene of France and C. superstes sp. Nov. Is described from the Recent bathyal fauna of New Caledonia and Reunion. C. superstes differs from the fossil species by the body whorl being spirally sculptured, by the outer lip undulating as in Pedicularia, and by the protruding, uncovered protoconch. A character tentatively interpreted as progenetic. C. superstes thus appears paradoxically as an evolved relict.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 3

The Indo-Pacific species of Trivia, Dolichupis and Trivellona are revised, based on the most abundant and comprehensive material ever brought together and reveals a previously unsuspected diversity of Triviinae in the upper bathyal zone (200-500 m) of the tropical West Pacific. The description of this fauna gives an opportunity to reevaluate the validity of numerous species- and genus-group taxa recognized earlier, both in the littoral and deep water zones. The present paper deals with Trivia Broderip, 1837, Decoriatrivia Cate, 1979, Dolichupis Iredale, 1930, and Trivellona Iredale, 1931. A forthcoming study will deal with Trivirostra Jousseaume, 1884, Cleotrivia Iredale, 1930, and Semitrivia Cossmann, 1903. By First Reviser action, Ellatrivia Iredale, 1931 is given precedence over Fossatrivia Iredale, 193 I . Decoriatrivia is treated as a subgenus of Trivia; Dolichupis is regarded as generically distinct from Pusula; the nominal genus Pseudotrivia is synonymized with Trivellona. Trivia (T.) cylindrica sp. novo from the Philippines, and Trivia (T.) vitrosphaera sp. nov., from New Caledonia, represent the first records of Trivia (T.) in the Indo-Pacific. Their deep-water occurrence contrasts with that of the six or so species from the littoral of the temperate and tropical eastern Atlantic. Dolichupis malvabasis sp. nov., a deep water species from the Philippines, is closely related to the type species and sole other representative of Dolichupis, D. producta (Gaskoin, 1836). Nine named and six new species are recognized in Trivellona: T. bulla sp. nov., T. conjonctiva sp. nov., T. oligopleura sp. nov., T. syzygia sp. novo and T. galea sp. nov., all from New Caledonia, and T. eglantina sp. novo from the Philippines. Trivia valerieae Hart, 1996 [= Erato tetatua Hart, 1996, syn. Nov.; First Reviser] is treated as a SW Pacific subspecies of T. paucicostata (Schepman, 1909); T. Shimajiriiensis McNeil, 1961, described from the Pliocene of Okinawa, is now recorded in the Recent fauna of the Philippines. Pusula niasensis Wissema, 1948 is a new synonym of Dolichupis producta (Gaskoin, 1836), Pseudotrivia sagamiensis KUI'oda & Habe, 1971 is a new synonym of T. sibogae (Schepman, 1909), and Fossatrivia suduirauti Lorenz, 1996 is a new synonym of T. speciosa (Kuroda & Cate, 1979). Three nominal species described by Cate (1979) supposedly from the Philippines are shown to be wrongly localized and synonyms of Atlantic taxa: Pseudotrivia samarensis is synonymized with Trivia (T.) arctica (Pulteney, 1799) from Europe, and Pseudotrivia dumaliensis and Niveria (Cleotrivia) aquatanica are both synonymized with Niveria (N) nix Schilder, 1922 from the Caribbean. Decoriatrivia halians Cate, 1979 and D. but'ius Cate, 1979 are both synonymized with Trivia (Decoriatrivia) pauci!irata Sowerby, 1870 from the Panamic Province.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Ten species of Sipunculans collected during a survey of the bathyal fauna of seas off the coast of the Philippines (cruises ESTASE 2 and MUSORSTOM 3) and near New Caledonia (cruises BIOCAL and MUSORSTOM 4) are described and identified. The commonest species in the Philippine collection was Sipunculus robustus and in the New Caledonian Nephasoma diaphanes and Onchnesoma magnibathum. No new species are recorded. Only two species of Echiurians were collected ; the specimens were unfortunately in too poor a state for precise identification.

BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Four new species of Halgerda from the deep western Pacific Ocean are described. Halgerda fibra n. sp. was found in the Philippines at depths near 90 m and is also recorded from the New Caledonia region in 90-400 m. The new species differs from other Halgerda in its reproductive morphology. The ampulla is larger and more coiled than other Halgerda and the vagina is also much larger and more bulbous than other members of the genus. Halgerda abyssicola n. sp. was found near Vanuatu at depths of 207-280 m and from the Coral Sea in 385-420 m. Its reproductive morphology is unusual for a species of Halgerda in that the penis and vagina are both extremely large and bulbous. Halgerda azteca n. sp. was found near Norfolk Ridge, south of New Caledonia at depths from 230-367 m. Its reproductive morphology differs from other Halgerda species primarily due to its long, coiled ejaculatory duct and prominent vaginal sphincter. Halgerda orstomi n. sp. was found near Vanuatu at depths between 160-251 m; from the Philippines at 92-95 m and from New Caledonia at 120 m. Halgerda orstomi has an unusual vaginal sphincter and bulbous vagina which distinguishes it from other Halgerda species. The ranges and depths of three additional, previously described Halgerda species: H. brunneomaculata Carlson & Hoff, 1993, H. carlsoni Rudman, 1978 and H. dalanghita Fahey & Gosliner, 1999 are also extended.

BATHUS 3, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Two new species of Horaiclavus, lacking radula, venom gland and proboscis, are described. The genus is placed in the subfamily Crassispirinae (Turridae). Both species possess a peculiar foregut structure, the muscular rhynchodaeal outgrowth situated in the rhynchocoel. The possible function of the rhynchodaeal outgrowth is discussed. Other studied species of Horaiclavus possess a radula of a typical ‘crassispirine’ type but lack the outgrowth. The anatomy of the foregut of the new species is superficially similar to that of Zemacies excelsa (Turridae: Zemaciinae), which also possesses an additional structure of the rhynchocoel, namely the ‘pyriform gland’. Conchologically, there is no resemblance between Zemacies and Horaiclavus and it is concluded that similar foregut arrangement appeared independently in both lineages. A new monotypic subfamily Zemaciinae was erected mostly on the basis of the unique foregut arrangement of Zemacies excelsa. We express doubts concerning the importance of these characters in establishing a new taxon of subfamilial rank and therefore the validity of the subfamily Zemaciinae.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

The triviid genus Trivellona Iredale, 1931 is distinguished from the other genera within the Triviidae and all 32 known taxa are revised. All recent available informations as weil as the original descriptions and the types were studied and resulted in the description of five species new to science: Trivellona schilderi nov. sp., Trivellona macneili nov. sp., Trivellona catei nov. sp., Trlvellona dolini nov. sp. and Trivellona globulus nov. sp. They are briefly discussed with related forms and with its congeners .. The assumed endemism of several forms of the genus to the bathyal of New Caledonia by Dolin (2001) could not be confirmed as many new findings in the deep water from the Aliguay Island and Balicasag Island, Philippines show a wider distribution th an previously thought This is also true of Trivellona eos (Roberts, 1913) and Trivellona opalina (Kuroda & Cate in Cate, 1979), which are reported for the first time in Philippines waters. The genus Willungia Powell, 1938 is attached as junior synonym to the genus Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 and the decision is briefly discussed.

KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BOA1, BORDAU 2, EBISCO, GEMINI, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, TARASOC

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

BATHUS 1, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6

The Pylochelidae differ from the other hermit crabs by the complete segmentation of the abdomen and the presence of paired appendages on each of its segments. They do not usually inhabit gastropod shells, but dwell in decayed pieces of wood, stones, tusk-shells, or living sponges. A recent revision, founded on most of the previously recorded specimens and on a large unidentified collection, increased the number of known species from 16 to 39, and the genera from 5 to 7. Two new subgenera have been established, and the family divided into six subfamilies. This paper deals first with the eco-ethological characteristics of the different taxa. According to their dwelling, genera and subgenera can be classified, as a whole, as xylicolous, petricolous, tusk-dwellers, spongicolous, with a few specifical or individual exceptions. In connection with the habitat, adaptive features have been described: opercular structures, boring "rasp," stridulating apparatus ... The Pylochelidae are present in the Indo- West Pacific (36 species or subspecies in 6 genera), and in the NW Atlantic (4 species in 3 genera). Two genera only, belonging to the sole non monotypic subfamily, provide a biogeographical link between the two areas. In I-W.P., the family is known from the SW Indian Ocean to Japan, Kermadec Islands and New Zealand. Indonesia, with 14 species and 5 genera appears as a center of dispersion and diversification. Japanese endemism is noteworthy: one genus and six of the seven species have not been reported elsewhere. The probable relation between the availability of dwelling material and the geographical distribution is also discussed. The vertical distribution extends from 30 to 1,570 m, but the group is mostly represented between 200 and 500 m, where 28 species are living.

BENTHEDI, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4

The family Pylochelidae or « symetrical pagurids » (Crustacea Coenobitoidea). Pylochelid Pagurids differ mostly from all other members of the section by a well developped abdomen, in which ail segments are articulated and provided with a pair of appendages, similar in this way to many other Reptant Decapods. They are commonly called " symmetrical " Pagurids, but this is not correct, since in one genus the abdomen, telson and pleopods are noticeably asymmetrical. Our knowledge of the group was restricted to 16 species, recorded from a few rather deep water stations in Indo-West-Pacific and Western Atlantic, most of them known only from their type localities. The abundance of new material, originating mainly from Albatross dredgings and from recent French explorations in the I.W.P. has led to the present systematic revision. As a resuit, 24 new species or subspecies are added to the 16 previously established valid species ; the five known genera, Pomatocheles, Pylocheles, Mixtopagurus, Cheiroplatea, and Parapylocheles, have been redefined, some species of Cheiroplatea transfered to Pylocheles and the latter divided into three subgenera (Pylocheles, Xylocheles subgen. Nov. And Bathycheles subgen. Nov.). Besides, two genera, Cancellocheles gen. Nov. And Trizocheles gen. Nov. Are created. The Pylochelidae could be considered up to now as a restricted family of infrequent species : apart from 3 forms reported in several occasions from Japanese waters, the whole number of specimens recorded in literature did not exceed 60, captured in about 30 stations. The present revision includes more than 400 specimens, collected in ca. 200 stations ! The importance of Pylochelid fauna in tropical and subtropical waters must therefore not be neglected, and, most probably, new taxa and new localities will be added in the future. This research however has not been restricted to the description of new forms. Investigations on relationships between the various généra have shown that the whole group is made up of several distinct phyletic lines, whose respective affinities do not appear clearly, and the family had to be divided, at least provisionnaly, into 6 subfamilies. Regarding the systematic position of the Pylochelidae within the section Paguridea, they are classified in the superfamily Coenobitoidea, and a comparative study of their main characters suggests that they are close to the family Diogenidae. They cannot however be regarded as primitive représentatives of that family : both Diogenidae and Pylochelidae probably have a common ancestor, but evolved separately along various phyletic lines. In the taxonomic part of this work is also described and illustrated for the first time the glaucothoe stage of a Pylochelid, Pomatocheles stridulans sp. Nov. The richness of the new material at the origin of the systematic revision of the family has also provided a quantity of information on the ecology or the habitat of many forms, and on the interprétation of various adaptive morphological structures. According to their dwelling, généra and subgenera can be classified, as a whole, as xylicolous, petricolous, tusk-dwellers, spongicolous, with a few specific or individual exceptions. In connection with the habitat, adaptive features have been described : opercular structures, boring "rasp", stridulating apparatus... The Pylochelidae are known from two disjunct areas, the Indo West-Pacific (36 species or subspecies in 6 genera and 5 subfamilies) and the North Western Atlantic (4 species in 3 généra and 2 subfamilies). In Indo- West Pacific, their distribution is extremely wide, from South Africa to the Kermadec Islands, and from Japan (ca. 38° N) to southern New Zealand (ca. 46° S). Indonesia, with 14 species and 5 généra appears as the center of dispersion and diversification. Japanese endemism is noteworthy : one genera and 6 out of the 7 species have not been reported elsewhere. In North Western Atlantic Pylochelidae, poorly represented, extend from Bardados to the North Western part of the Gulf of Mexico and from ca. 10° N to 35° N. Two genera only, belonging to the sole non monotypic subfamily (Pylochelinae) provide a biogeographical link, probably from Tethyan origin, between the two areas. The probable relation between the availability of dwelling material and the geographical distribution is also discussed. The vertical distribution extends from 30 to 1,570 meters, but the group is mostly represented between 200 and 500 m, where 28 species have been found. 3 species only are presumably usually living above 200 m, 9 have been recorded from 500 to 750 m and no more than 5 beyond.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Crustacea Decapoda Anomura : Revision of the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952 (Diogenidae), with the establishment of two new genera. Prior to the present study, the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, included ten species, mostly from the Indo-West Pacific, but two of them from the Eastern Atlantic and one from the Eastern Pacific. Following the examination of about 350 spécimens, this genus has now been revised and two new genera established, Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. And Strigopagurus gen. Nov. In addition 24 species are assigned to the three gênera, 14 of thèse being described as new. After an introduction that discusses the examined material and the methods used in the taxonomic study, a chapter is devoted to the characters that led to the partition of genus Trizopagurus, namely the shape of the cephalothoracic shield, ornamentation of thoracic appendages, organization of the pleopods, and the stridulatory structures. Thèse structures, described and compared in the following chapter, are of particular interest since they can be used to define the three gênera. Their homologies indicate an evolutionary trend from Trizopagurus via Ciliopagurus to Strigopagurus and the three gênera are studied following the order of this cline. The systematic section first gives an account on the current status of the Diogenidae, recently enriched with four gênera. The characters of each genus are tabulated and their comparison used to define some groupings. In most cases, the genera brought together in a same group show marked differentiations and are not closely related. However, the three genera presently studied form a coherent unit, especially on account of the stridulatory structures, which are peculiar and unique, not only within the family, but in ail decapods. An identification key is provided for ail known genera of Diogenidae.The systematic treatment of the three studied gênera comprises references, diagnosis and définitions, together with remarks on the affinities of the included species. Key s for species identification are provided. For each species are given références, a full synonymy, a list of examined material, informations on type spécimens, a description and an account of variations, when enough spécimens are available. In the remarks, the main distinctive morphological features are pointed out and compared with those of related species. Are also mentioned the size distribution by sex, the identified inhabited shells, and the distribution. Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, is characterized by the relatively weak development of the stridulatory elements, which are fewer, less differenciated and grouped in less distinct patches than in the other two genera. The ornamentation of the chelipeds consists of slightly projecting and rounded teeth or tubercles, in front of which short setae (ciliae) are located in semicircular rows. In both sexes, there are four biramous pleopods on the left side of the abdomen, the last one smaller and never oviferous in the female. The three species inhabit shallow water, usually in the tidal zone. T. magnificus (Bouvier, 1898) belongs to the tropical fauna of the eastern Pacific. T. melitai (Chevreux & Bouvier, 1892) and T. rubrocinctus Forest & Raso, 1990, are both from the tropical northeastern Atlantic. In Ciliopagurus gen. Nov., the stridulatory structures are looking like fine, corneous, parallel rods, grouped in several neatly separated patches, which are homologous in the different species. The first three thoracic legs are ornamented by transverse ciliated striae, with much longer setae in some species. There are four unpaired biramous pleopods in both sexes, the last one equal to the others and always oviferous in the female. The species can be separated into two groups, according to whether the ridges on the carpus and propodus of chelipeds, along the transverse striae, are smooth or tuberculated-denticulated. The first group includes eight species : C. strigatus (Herbst, 1804), C. îricolor sp. Nov., C. krempfi (Forest, 1952), C. caparti (Forest, 1952), C. albatrossi sp. Nov., C. shebae (Lewinsohn, 1969), C. macrolepis sp. Nov. Et C. liui sp. Nov. The second group comprises also eight species : C tenebrarum (Alcock, 1905), C. haigae sp. Nov., C. hawaiiensis (McLaughlin & Bailey-Brock, 1975), C. pacificus, C. plessisi, C. major, C. alcocki and C. babai spp. nov. The genus Ciliopagurus, which is widely distributed, includes one species, C. caparti, from the tropical eastern Atlantic. All others are from the tropical Indo-West Pacific, from the Red Sea and southeastern Africa to Japan and the Hawaiian and Marquesas Islands. The bathymetry range is highly variable. In the first group two species are restricted to very shallow water, mostly from the tidal zone. The other ones are distributed from 50 to 120 m, except for the eurybathic C. krempfi, which has been collected between 10 and 300 m. The second group is mostly présent from 120 to 480 m, one species reaching probably a greater depth. The genus Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. Also includes a fossil pagurid from the Middle Miocène, previously known as Dardanus substriatiformis (Lorenthey) and related to the species of the second group.The genus Strigopagurus gen. Nov. Is provided with the most differentiated and accomplished stridulatory structures. They consist of relatively thick corneous rods, arranged in strongly individualized patches, the larger of which appearing as distinctly channelled plates. The carpus and manus of the chelipeds are covered dorsally with strong teeth that end in a thin corneous spine. Thinner corneous teeth are also present on the two following appendages. As usual within the Diogenidae, except Paguristes and Paguropsis, there are no appendages on the first abdominal segment. In the female, the four pleopods are unpaired and biramous, the last one being only partially oviferous. But the second abdominal segment of the maie is usually supplied with a pair of pleopods, which, according to the species, are modified or not as gonopods ; the following three appendages are unpaired and biramous. The five species can be separated into two groups. The first comprises two species without a differentiation of the paired maie pleopods, i. e. S. strigimanus (White, 1847) and S. elongatus sp. nov. The three species with differentiated gonopods, S. bilineatus, S. boreonotus and S. poupini spp. nov. Form the second group. Strigopagurus gen. nov. Is not as extensively distributed as Ciliopagurus gen. nov., being found only from the eastern Indian Océan to Japan and Polynesia. The genus is not strictly tropical, since the two species with undifferenciated pleopods inhabit the southern Australia. One of the other three species is known only from Queensland and another from Polynesia. The last one, present in eastern Indonesia, New Caledonia, the Philippines and Japan, is the only species of the genus spreading north of the Equator. The species of the first group inhabit relatively shallow water, usually from a few to about a hundred meters. The other species are all present at about 250 m, but one of them, the most widely distributed, is still relatively common to 500 m. Finally, a general account of the geographic and bathymetric distribution of genera and species is given and illustrated with maps and a table.

BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Serratifusus Darragh, 1969 comprises five Récent species, ail from New Caledonia, of which three are described as new: Serratifusus excelens sp. Nov., S. harasewychi sp. Nov. And 5. sitanius sp. Nov. Formerly known from New Caledonia by only one species, the genus Euthria M. E. Gray, 1850 is enriched with three new species: Euthria cumulata sp. Nov., E. scepta sp. Nov. And E. solifer sp. Nov. "Siphonofusus" vicdani Kosuge, 1992, a species with uncertain generic placement, and previously only known from the Philippine Islands and Australia, is now recorded from off New Caledonia.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8

In the present paper we describe the new genus Amiantofusus gen. nov. to accommodate the Atlantic species Fusus amiantus Dall, 1889. The genus belongs to Fasciolariidae and this family is confirmed as distinct from Buccinidae, based on anatomical differences. We add an Indo-West Pacific fauna of seven species described as new to science: miantofusus pacificus sp. nov. (North Fiji Basin, New Caledonia, southern Coral Sea, south West Pacific), A. gloriabundus sp. nov. (North Fiji Basin, Vitiaz Zone), A. sebalis sp. nov. (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, Vanuatu), A. candoris sp. nov. (Chesterfield Islands, Fairway), A. maestratii sp. nov. (New Caledonia), A. borbonica sp. nov. (Reunion) and A. cartilago sp. nov. (Mozambique Channel). In addition we add two unnamed species: A. species 1 (North Fiji Basin) and A. species 2 (Vanuatu). Fusus thielei Schepman, 1911 is briefly discussed, the generic placement is still uncertain.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, ???msg.security.private???, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VOLSMAR

The tropical deep-water Cominellinae commonly assigned to the genera Manaria E. A. Smith, 1906 and Eosipho Thiele, 1929 are revised. While the taxonomic details at the generic level were discussed by Kantor et al. (2013), the species level is discussed here. Twentyone new species are described: Manaria astrolabis n. sp. (French Polynesia), M. borbonica n. sp. (Réunion), M. circumsonaxa n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. corindoni n. sp. (Indonesia), M. corporosis n. sp. (the Solomons, Vanuatu, Coral Sea and New Caledonia), M. explicibilis n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. excalibur n. sp. (Indonesia and Western Australia), M. fluentisona n. sp. (the Solomons, Fiji, Wallis and Tonga), M. hadorni n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia), M. indomaris n. sp. (India), M. loculosa n. sp. (Fiji), M. lozoueti n. sp. (North Fiji Basin), M. terryni n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), M. tongaensis n. sp. (Tonga), M. tyrotarichoides n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), Calagrassor bacciballus n. sp. (Philippines), C. delicatus n. sp. (New Zealand), C. hespericus n. sp. (Mozambique), C. pidginoides n. sp. (Philippines, Papua New Guinea, the Solomons and Vanuatu), Enigmaticolus marshalli n. sp. (Kermadec Ridge, Monowai Caldera), and E. voluptarius n. sp. (New Caledonia). Considerable range extensions are recorded: Manaria kuroharai Azuma, 1960 is recorded from the Solomons, New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Tonga; M. brevicaudata (Schepman, 1911) is recorded from Taiwan, the Philippines, the Solomons and Fiji; and Calagrassor poppei (Fraussen, 2001) is recorded from Indonesia and the Solomons. Lathyrus jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, a fossil described from Indonesia, is recorded from the Recent fauna of Indonesia, Philippines and Fiji and is redescribed and placed in Manaria. Sipho jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, another fossil described from Indonesia in the same work, is a secondary homonym of Manaria jonkeri (Koperberg, 1931) and is renamed Manaria koperbergae nom. nov.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 8

A new species of dragonet, Callionymus petersi from northern New Ireland Province, Papua New Guinea, is described on the basis of five specimens collected with dredges and trawls in about 181–207 m depth from off northwestern New Hanover and off Kavieng. The new species is characterized within the subgenus Bathycallionymus by a short head (3.9–4.3 in SL); eye large (2.1–2.3 in head length); preopercular spine with a long, slightly upcurved main tip, a small antrorse serra followed by two large curved points on its dorsal margin and a strong antrorse spine at its base, ventral margin smooth, slightly concave; first dorsal fin higher than second dorsal fin in the male, slightly lower than second dorsal fin (female), with 4 spines, first spine filamentous (male only); second dorsal-fin high, distally convex (male) or low, distally nearly straight (female), with 9 unbranched rays (last divided at base); anal fin with 9 unbranched rays (last divided at base); 18 pectoral-fin rays; caudal fin elongate (male), the two median rays unbranched, elongate but barely filamentous (male), or distally rounded, without filaments (female); pectoral-fin base with a large dark blotch; sides of body with a series of dark blotches, each of the anterior blotches broken into 2–4 vertical dark streaks; first dorsal fin with a large ocellated black blotch extending over the second and third membranes (male), or mostly confined to the third membrane (female); second dorsal fin pale (male) or spotted with grey; anal fin distally dark (male), with distal dark spots (female); caudal fin with a grey streak in lower section (male), or lowermost membrane black (female). The new species is compared with similar species. Revised keys to callionymid fish species of New Guinea, as well as of the subgenus Bathycallionymus, are presented.

KAVIENG 2014, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

Forty-three species of sertulariid hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa: Sertulariidae), collected from the tropical western Pacific (Taiwan, Philippines, New Caledonia, French Polynesia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga, Solomon Islands) during various expeditions of the French Tropical Deep-Sea Benthos program, are discussed. Of these, nine are new to science: Gonaxia nova sp. nov., G. plumularioides sp. nov., Sertularella folliformis sp. nov., Se. plicata sp. nov., Se. pseudocatena sp. nov., Se. splendida sp. nov., Se. tronconica sp. nov., Se. tubulosa sp. nov., and Symplectoscyphus paucicatillus sp. nov. The subspecies Symplectoscyphus johnstoni (Gray, 1843) tropicus Vervoort, 1993 is raised to species but, in order to avoid the secondary homonymy with Sy. tropicus (Hartlaub, 1901), the replacement name, Sy. fasciculatus nom. nov., is introduced. The male and female gonothecae of Diphasia cristata Billard, 1920, the male gonothecae of Gonaxia elegans Vervoort, 1993, as well as the female gonothecae of Salacia macer Vervoort & Watson, 2003, are described for the first time. Additional notes on the morphology of several other species are provided. All taxa are illustrated, in most cases using figures drawn at the same scale, so as to highlight the differences between related species.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VOLSMAR

Four genera and seven species of trapeziid crabs are identified from recent collections taken in New Caledonia. Descriptions and illustrations are given for new species; Calocarcinus crosnieri and Tetraiia sanguineomaculata. New records are reported for Calocarcinus africanus, Quadrella maculosa and Trapezia guttata. Trapezia cymodoce and T. septata, identified by A. MILNE EDWARDS from New Caledonia under the wrong names, are commented upon.

CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The collections of the deep water calappid crab genus Mursia at the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, assembled between 1971 and 1991 off Madagascar, the Philippines and New Caledonia, have been studied, in addition to material sought from other collections. Fifteen species have been identified, of which four are new : M. a/ricana, M. danigoi, M.flamma and M. musorstomia. The allied genus Platymera, formerly submerged within Mursia, is reinstated as a distinct genus. Ali taxa are described, photographed and illustrated, and a key to their identification is provided.

CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6

The polychelids are large, uncommon, primitive decapods that inhabit the depths of the world oceans down to 5000 m, between latitudes 50°N and 55°S. A study of major deep-sea collecdons led to a revision of the family. All genera and species are redescribed and extended synonymies given. Two new genera are established: Cardus, for Polycheles crucifer (Thomson, 1873) and Homeryon, for Polycheles asper Rathbun, 1906 and a new species, H. armarium. The genus Pentacheles Bate, 1878, is revived to include polychelids in which the epipod on third maxilliped is longer than the ischium: P. gibbus Alcock, 1894, P. laevis Bate, 1878, P. obscurus Bate, 1878, P. synderi (Rathbun, 1906) and P. validus A. Milne Edwards, 1880. Stereomastis Bate, 1888 is considered a synonym of Polycheles Heller, 1862. Willemoesia Grote, 1873 is retained with but four species: W. forceps A. Milne Edwards, 1880, W. inornata Faxon, 1893, W. leptodactyla (Willemoes-Suhm, 1875), and W. pacifica Sund, 1920. In all, thirty-two species are recognized, including six new species. The bathymétrie and geographic ranges are amended and discussed. A key to the genera and species of the family is provided.

???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, ???msg.security.private???, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A study of the leucosiid genus Randallia Stimpson, 1857, led to the description of four new genera: Tanaoa, for R. distincta Rathbun, 1893, R. pustulosa Wood-Mason, in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, and a new species, T. nanus; Tokoyo for R. eburnea Alcock, 1896, and a new species, T. cirrata; Toru for R. granuloides Sakai, 1961, R. trituberculata Sakai, 1961, R. pila Tan, 1996, R. mesjatzevi Zarenkov, 1990, and a new species, T. septimus\ and Urashima, for R. lamellidentata Wood-Mason, 1892, and R. pustuloides Sakai, 1961. Randallia is restricted to its type species, R. ornata (Randall, 1839), and provisionally 12 other species currently placed in this genus pending further revision. All new genera are diagnosed and species assigned to them described or redescribed and illustrated; extended synonymies are given, and a key for species identification is provided. The type species, R. ornata, is redescribed.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

A new genus, Ancylodactyla n. gen., is established for two deep water species excluded from Praebebalia Rathbun, 1911, P. elongata Zarenkov, 1969, and P. elata Zarenkov, 1994, and for Randallia nana Zarenkov, 1990, provisionally assigned to Randallia s.s. A study of the extensive collection of leucosiid crabs made by French expeditions to the Indo-Pacific Ocean has increased the known geographic and bathymetric ranges of these species. The new genus is distinguished from Praebebalia and from Randallia s.s. in having male abdominal somites 3-6 fused, and the second male pleopod longer than first pleopod. The species are redescribed, fully illustrated, synonymies are discussed, and a key for their identification is provided.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, INHACA 2011, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, ???msg.security.private???

A new gastropod species form New Caledonia assigned to the famili Epitoniidae, genus Cirsotrema, is described.

BATHUS 4, MUSORSTOM 4

Thirty Indo-Pacific species of Epitoniidae are recorded, with range extensions for Acrilloscala xenicima (Melvill & Standen, 1903), Amaea gazeoides Kuroda & Habe, 1950, Cirsotrema rugosum (Kuroda & Ito, 1961), Cirsotrema plexis Dall, 1925, Claviscala solar Nakayama, 1995, Cylindriscala humerosa (Schepman, 1909), and Epitonium (Parviscala) bevdeynzerae Garcia, 2001. Nineteen new species are described. These include five species in the genus Amaea: A. apexroseus, A. boucheti, A. diluta, A. elegantula, A lennyi; one species in the genus Boreoscala: Boreoscala ponderosa; three species in the genus Cirsotrema : C (C.) excelsum, C. (Dannevigena) richeri, C. (Discoscala) herosae; two species in the genus Claviscala: C pellisanserina, C. vivienneae; one species in the genus Cylindriscala: Cylindriscala paradoxa; one species in the genus Gregorioiscala: Gregorioiscala nevillei; one species in the genus Gyroscala: Gyroscala Mikeleei; four species in the genus Epitonium: E. (Hirtoscala) deschampsi, E. (Lamelliscala) l11aestratii, E. (Parviscala) kastoroae, and E. (P) juanitae; one species in the genus Periapta: Periapta weili.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Thirty-four species of marine bivalve molluscs of the family Lucinidae are described and illustrated from water depths less than 200 m around New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands and Chesterfield Bank. Most of the bivalves came from three intensively sampled sites: Koumac and Touho on New Caledonia and Lifou in the Loyalty Islands. Eighteen new species are described. Nine new genera (Myrtina n. gen., Poumea n. gen., Solelucina n. gen., Discolucina n. gen., Lepidolucina n. gen., Ferrocina n. gen., Liralucina n. gen., Parvidontia n. gen. And Bretskya n. gen.) include both new and previously described species. Additionally, new descriptions and illustrations of type species are provided for two previously misunderstood genera – Epicodakia Iredale, 1930 and Gonimyrtea Marwick, 1929. The fauna described in this study is the most diverse assemblage of chemosymbiotic bivalves yet recorded.

BATHUS 1, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, PALEO-SURPRISE

Knowledge of the little-known cheilostome bryozoan family Petalostegidae has hitherto been based on only two extant species (Petalostegus bicornis (Busk) and P. spinosus Powell), and an Australian Miocene species (P. tenuis (Maplestone)). Previously, these have been included among the anascan superfamily Buguloidea. With the discovery of a remarkably diverse petalostegid fauna in New Caledonian waters (especially on the northern Norfolk Ridge), it is apparent that the family is neither " anascan " nor monogeneric. The obscure monotypic Australian Miocene genus Chelidozoum Stach is now recognised as petalostegid, based on the discovery of four, new. Recent species (including one from off Victoria). Among these species there is a reduction in the size of the costal field from five spines, through three, to two. The known species of Petalostegus Levinsen are redescribed and four new species are described (including one from the New Zealand deep sea). The family, which is entirely southern-hemisphere in distribution, is now included in the ascophorine superfamily Catenicelloidea. Evidence of predation on embryos is seen from boreholes in ovicells of two species of Petalostegus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The present paper deals with bryozoans in three of the four infraorders of the large suborder Ascophorina (order Cheilostomatida) from MUSORSTOM cruises along the northern Norfolk Ridge and around New Caledonia (including five species from the MUSORSTOM 3 cruise to the Philippines included with the other material). A total of 44 species is recorded (Cribriomorpha : 35 species; Hippothoomorpha : 1 species; Umbonulomorpha : 8 species) of which 22 species are new. A noteworthy feature in New Caledonian waters is the remarkable diversity of two families — the Petalostegidae and Bifaxariidae. Proportionally more species of these families are found here than anywhere else in the world.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The discovery of living species of the predominantly Tertiary catenicellid subfamily Ditaxiporinae on the Norfolk Ridge has necessitated a revision of the subfamily, which is characterised by biseriate multizooidal segments. The type species of the genera of Ditaxiporinae and of the related family Ditaxiporinidae were examined by scanning electron microscopy, leading to the recognition of six genera (two new) and 18 species (four new) and the incorporation of the Ditaxiporinidae into the Ditaxiporinae. The earliest occurring species is Caberoides rockallensis sp. nov. In the late Paleocene of the North Atlantic. There are only two living species - Bryosartor sutilis gen. et sp. Nov. and Plagiopora recens Gordon, both on the northern Norfolk Ridge. A new monotypic genus, Ahcheethamia, is introduced for Caberoides corniculatus Cheetham from the British Eocene. With the exception of two species from North America, the subfamily is clustered in two centres of diversity - northwestern Europe and Australasia, the latter including Caberoides miranda sp. nov. and Plagiopora alma sp. nov., both newly recorded from the Eocene of New Zealand. Thus a Tethyan distribution of the subfamily was achieved relatively early in the Paleogene. Just as in other catenicellids, there seem to have been parallel trends in the Ditaxiporinae in the diversification of the frontal shield from a spinocyst to a perforated gymnocyst on the one hand and with cryptocystal elements (derived from expanded shallow pore-chambers) on the other. A unique development is indicated by the genus Vasignyella. Hitherto included in the family Savignyellidae, Vasignyella appears to have been derived from Ditaxiporina or a common ancestor by reduction to unizooidal segments and the loss of ovicells. A new subfamily of Catenicellidae, Vasignyellinae, is established for tliis genus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4

This paper describes a fauna of 98 species of ascophorine bryozoans from 1984-89 MUSORSTOM cruises, mainly in the New Caledonian EEZ. Ten of the species occur solely in the Philippines and some species occur in both regions. The fauna is noteworthy for its endemism (57 of the 84 New Caledonian species, i.e., 68%, are endemic) and its high taxonomic novelty, the latter contributing to a clearer appreciation of the taxonomic limits of some genera and families. Two new families (Phorioppniidae, Buffonellodidae), 54 new species, and 16 new genera are described, mostly from New Caledonia; some, from elsewhere, are the consequence of systematic revision. The new genera are: Xynexecha (Exechonellidae), Parkermavella (Bitectiporidae), Phorioppnia, Oppiphorina, Punctiscutella (Phorioppniidae), Haswelliporina, Mosaicoporina (Porinidae), Wrigiana, Ijimaia (Calwelliidae), Ipsibuffonella, Maiabuffonella (Buffonellodidae), Macrocamera (Eminoeciidae), Pseudoplatyglena (Euthyrisellidae), Richbunea (Celleporidae), Lifuella (Phidoloporidae), and Ptoboroa (Batoporidae). The most speciose family in the collection is the Phidoloporidae, represented by 7 genera and 19 species. The most speciose genus in the collection is, remarkably, the little-known deep sea genus Siphonicytara, with 6 species, all new, which more than doubles the number of species previously described. Ten of the species in the New Caledonian fauna studied here are shared only with New Zealand, and 4 only with the Philippines .

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

Le programme «Monts sous-marins» s'est déroulé au centre IRD de Nouméa depuis 1990 sous la direction de René GRANDPERRIN. Ses objectifs étaient l'étude faunistique des pentes récifales externes, des monts sous-marins et du domaine bathyal supérieur (200-1500 m) et l'évaluation de leurs potentialités halieutiques. 32 campagnes représentant un total de 446 jours de mer ont été effectuées. 18 d'entre elles ont été consacrées à l'halieutique, 13 aux études faunistiques et une à des essais de sondeur. 1496 opérations de prélèvement ont été réalisées (445 pour l'halieutique et 1051 pour la faunistique) avec les engins suivants: casier, chalut à crevettes, chalut de fond à poissons, grand chalut de fond à poissons néo-zélandais, chalut à perche, chalut pélagique à poissons, drague épibenthique, drague à roche, drague Waren et palangre de fond. En ce qui concerne l'halieutique, les ressources des pentes externes (100-600 m) ont été étudiées en Nouvelle-Calédonie et à Vanuatu, archipel pour lequel un atlas des pêches est sous presse. Les monts sous-marins agissent comme des dispositifs de concentration de poissons pour les espèces démersales. En Nouvelle-Calédonie, ils abritent une ressource en Beryx splendens qui fit l'objet d'une exploitation commerciale. Une étude scientifique, basée sur Il campagnes, a pennis de déterminer les paramètres biologiques et dynamiques de l'espèce et de modéliser sa distribution en fonction de la profondeur. Pour la première fois, une corrélation liant la croissance d'un poisson de profondeur avec le phénomène ENSO a été établie. Des travaux de génétiques des populations sont en cours sur cette espèce. Par ailleurs, le programme «Monts sous-marins» collabora étroitement avec le programme ZoNéCo d'identification et d'évaluation des ressources marines de la zone économique de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Deux synthèses portant sur les données thonières et sur les poissons profonds furent réalisées. Un halieute participa aux campagnes de bathymétrie mettant en œuvre un sondeur multifaisceaux à bord du N.O. L'Atalante. Cinq campagnes d'exploration des ressources halieutiques profondes furent effectuées à bord du N.O. Alis à l'aide de chaluts et de palangres de fond. Elles mirent en évidence l'existence de certaines ressources jusque là ignorées des pêcheurs. Les collectes de la faune bathyale ont été réalisées dans le cadre d'opérations conjointes IRD et Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MNHN). L'analyse des prélèvements a été possible grâce à un réseau de taxonomistes mis en place par l'IRD (Centre de Nouméa et Antenne du MNHN) et le MNHN ; il compte 181 chercheurs appartenant à 92 institutions de 24 nations différentes, ce qui représente un effort de recherche internationale exceptionnel! Les résultats obtenus dans le Pacifique sud-ouest, et notamment en Nouvelle-Calédonie, ont révolutionné la connaissance de la biodiversité des faunes profondes. 20 volumes des Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM qui paraissent dans la série des Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle sont déjà parus (environ 10 000 pages) et un autre est sous presse. Ils traitent de plus de 4500 espèces dont plus de 1300 étaient nouvelles pour la science. 126 genres nouveaux ont été créés de même que 7 familles nouvelles. Au sein de cette étude, la Nouvelle-Calédonie apparaît comme particulièrement riche en espèces et d'une très grande originalité puisque sur-les 1619 espèces actuellement publiées, 60,7 % étaient nouvelles pour la science. Des études phylogénétiques ont été réalisées sur certains groupes zoologiques en utilisant soit des techniques de biologie moléculaire (ADN), soit des méthodes de microscopie électronique. Il s'agit des Crustacés, des Echinodermes (Crinoïdes) et des Brachiopodes, parmi lesquels plusieurs formes panchroniques ont été découvertes. L'accessibilité aux faunes de profondeurs au cours du programme «Monts sous-marins» a permis de récolter des organismes qui ont fait l'objet d'analyses par le programme de pharmacologie (Substances Marines d'Intérêt Biologique: SMIB). Deux bases de données sont directement issues des travaux du programme «Monts sous-marins». Elles concernent les données halieutiques et les données faunistiques. Les premières ont été stockées à la Structure de Gestion et de Valorisation Locale (SGVL) du programme ZoNéCo. Les secondes le sont à l'IRD. Pour chacune d'elles, une procédure de création de sites INTERNET est en cours. Le problème majeur rencontré par le programme fut la disponibilité en personnel. En effet, avec une moyenne de 6 personnes, dont un chercheur et un ingénieur d'étude à plein temps, les effectifs ne dépassèrent jamais un total de 9! Le programme disposa en moyenne de 318 kFlan, dont 40 % sur fonds IRD et 60 % sur financements extérieurs. Les financements extérieurs furent de trois types: FIDES section locale du Territoire de Nouvelle-Calédonie, programme ZoNéCo et, dans une moindre mesure, MAE. Le nombre de publications réalisées par les ressortissants du programme a été de 214, dont 139 pour lesquelles le premier auteur est un membre du programme.

???msg.security.private???, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

From a brief survey of the literature, it appears that until now only two articles were published during the last century by specialists that are dealing with New Caledonian hydroids. The first was by Redier (1966). From samples collected by Yves Plessis, he described 25 species (including 5 varieties), all already known. Most of them were from the littoral zone and were collected at low tide; a few were from deeper waters (to 40 m depth). The second article was published later on by Vervoort (1993) who studied representatives of the family Sertulariidae in several collections of the Natural History Museum of Paris. The specimens mostly originated from the following oceanographic cruises: Biocal (1985), Lagon (1984, 1985 and 1989), Musorstom 4 (1985), Cha1cal 2 (1986), Biogeocal (1988), Smib 2 (1986), 4 and 5 (1989) and 6 (1990), with two additional sites, a station of the "Vauban" (1978) and a dive of H. Zibrowius (1989). Vervoort recorded 57 species of which 39 were new to Science. Most of the biological material from these cruises came from deep water: only 6 stations were from depths between 28 and 57m, and 77 were from a greater depth (125-860m). More recently, Laboute & Richer de Forges (2004) published a book illustrating the high biodiversity of New Caledonia with many in situ photographs of marine plants and animals. This book includes several pages of beautiful photographs of hydroid colonies, exhibiting part of the macroscopic hydroid fauna observable underwater. It presents interesting illustrations of these animals that are usually little known with divers. Besides, pictures of several species of hydrocorals like milleporids and stylasterids, of pelagic hydroid colonies (Velella and Porpita spp) and of a hydromedusa Aequorea) are also found in this book. From these three publications and from an additional provisional list sent by Bertrand Richer de Forges, the aim for the author was to establish a reliable list of species and to comment on it bearing in mind well known data on hydroids. According to the time dedicated to this project it was not possible to study the entire literature to integrate scattered records from New Caledonia or to discuss additional data related to Pacific hydroids. Moreover, the author never personally studied the New Caledonian hydroid fauna or revised specimens in museum collections: she therefore does not feel responsible of misidentifications that could be found in the list.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The first scanning electron microscopical (SEM) study of a morphologically generalized ascothoracidan crustacean is presented. The extemal morphology of a female Waginella metacrinicola (Okada), ectoparasitic on a pentacrinid stalked crinoid, Metacrinus rotundus Carpenter from Japan, is illustrated using SEM. Several kinds of gland openings on the fiat, ventral side of the carapace are described. The inner wall of the large anteroventral pore on each carapace valve possesses lamellar ridges that bound a large number of small gland openings. Two anterior lattice organs (cardic organs) are found on each valve. The so-called second antenna or antennavestigial eyestalk complex does not arise from the cephalon proper, but from the mantle lateral to the antennule, and it most likely incorporates the extemal part of the organ of Bellonci complex. Records of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata Grygier infesting metacrinine pentacrinids collected by recent French expeditions to the Philippines and New Caledonia are listed. The former species is reported from Metacrinus musorstomae Roux for the first time, and the latter from M. levii Cominardi, M. serratus DOderlein, and Saracrinus nobilis (Carpenter) for the first time. Waginella axotremata is also reported from northem Australia, infesting S. nobilis, and southeastem Australia, infesting M. cyaneus H.L. Clark. This species apparently uses its raspy, awl-like mandibles, drawings of which are presented herein, to drill ho les in the cirri of its host; such drill-holes are proposed as potential trace fossils for studying the history of crinoid-ascothoracidan associations. The apparent absence of ascothoracidan parasites on other genera of Pentacrinidae suggests that the association may be no older than the Miocene. The possible synonymy of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata is discussed on the basis of morphology, depth distribution, and biogeography, but is not resolved. Crinoidoxenos Blake, 1933 is revealed as a potential senior synonym of Waginella.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

MUSORSTOM 4

This paper contains a study of the genus Psopheticus based on collections from the area around Madagascar (leg. Crosnier & Cleva, Benthedi Exp.); from Réunion (Marion-Dufresne 1982, MD32); from the Philippines (MUSORSTOM 1-3), from the Makassar Strait (Corindon 2, 1980); and from New Caledonia (Biocal and Musorstom 4, 1985). The type species, P. stridulans Wood-Mason, 1982, is redescribed, based on a topotype, from tyhe Andaman Sea. In addition, the genus contains P. insignis Alcock, 1900 and P. hughu Rathbun, 1914, both of which are redescribed, and P. vocans Guinot, 1985. Three new species are erected : P. crosnieri from Madagascar ; P. musicus from the Philippines ; and P. insolitus from the Makassar Strait. Specimens previously reported as P. stridulans by Guinot, from Réunion, have been reexamined and are considered of uncertain status but close to P. stridulans. A key is provided for identification of the species. The armature of the ambulatory legs was found to be a reliable and complex specific character, indepedant of sex and age, and is described for each species. A large series of P. insignis evidenced pronounced allometry in the growth pattern of the anterolateral edge of the carapace and a sexual dimorphism with longer chelipeds in the male.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura : Revision of the family Homolidae de Haan, 1839. Collections made by scientists from ORSTOM and during French expeditions, resulting from the cooperation of ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, in the upper bathyal zone of the Indo-West-Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles, Indonesia, the Philippines, New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Wallis and Futuna Islands) have accumulated abundant crustacean material. We have added to it the collections by various Australian, German and Soviet expeditions in regions poorly explored until now. We have studied also specimens taken by deep traps near atolls in French Polynesia and in french Anfilles. We have also been able to examine almost all the Homolidae deposited in the large museums of the world, reference and unidentified collections, and thereby to prepare an account of the Hawaiian, Japanese, Indian, African, South African and American faunas. From all these collections it has been possible to revise and restructure the Homolidae world-wide. Examination of all type specimens has been necessary, as has that of all specimens mentioned in the literature; practically all references and all identifications have been verified. The Homolidae comprise now 14 genera, studied in terms of their phylogenetic affinities : eight genera already known (Homola Leach, Paromolopsis Wood-Mason, Paromola Wood-Mason, Latreillopsis Henderson, Homolochunia Doflein, Hypsophrys Wood-Mason, Homolomannia Ihle, Homologenus A. Milne Edwards) ; two former subgenera elevated to generic rank (Homolax Alcock, Moloha Bamard) ; and four new genera (Dagnaudus, Ihlopsis, Yaldwynopsis, Gordonopsis). Until now quite poor in species, the family now contains in the whole 57 species : it is increased by 17 new species ; in addition, about ten uncertain species are leaven apart. In the cases of two genera considered amphi-Atiantic, Homola and Homologenus, a new taxon is described ; Homola minima sp. Nov. Is separated from H. barbata (Fabricius), typically Mediterranean ; and Homologenus boucheti sp. Nov. Is separated from H. rostratus (A. Milne Edwards), from the American Atlantic. Three other new species are added to Homola : H. eldredgei, H. coriolisi and H. ranunculus. The genus Paromola is confined to some species close to P. cuvieri (Risso) and two new taxa are added : P. bathyalis and P. crosnieri. Six species are attributed to Moloha of which the former is the type species M. alcocki (Stebbing), another one the ancient Latreillopsis major of KUBO (validated) ; it is augmented by two new species, M. alisae and M. grandperrini, and also The genus Latreillopsis receives three new species : L. daviei, L. cornuta and L. antennata. The new genus Ihlopsis includes, besides I. multispinosa (Ihle) (formely in Latreillopsis), one new species, I. tirardi. A third species, H. gadaletae, is added to Homolochunia. Only one species is added to Hypsophrys, H. futuna, but the genus is certainly more diverse. Three new species, H. boucheti, H. levii and H. wallis are described in the genus Homologenus. The genus Homolax, poorly known, is well defined. For each genus adiagnosis, an illustration of the principal characteristics and homologies, plus a key to all species are given. Each genus has been strictly redefined with respect to its type species and to all its species. For the numerous poorly known species a description or summary of characters differentiating it from the nearest taxon is presented H has been made by a synthetic study of all important morphological criteria ; we have reviewed all the principal arrangements and structures of Homolidae to understand their homologies and reach rigorous the nomenclature of the grooves and ornamentation of the carapace which have been often confused in the past. Some phylogenetic hypotheses are briefly presented. The place of the Homolidae in Homoloidea is commented on with a key to the three members of the superfamily. Short remarks, which will be completed in another work, on fossil representatives are outlined. Lastly, geographic and bathymétrie distribution of the genera and species are discussed. Each species is represented often with drawings and always by several photographs.

AZTEQUE, ???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

A number of fusinids from the Indo-Pacific deep-water fauna are studied to get more insight in the distribution and variability. The subgenus Chryseofusus (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae: Fusinus Rafinesque, 1815) is described as new to accommodate a number of species sharing conchological characteristics different from typical Fusinus. Their separation from Fusinus s.s. is based on differences in axial sculpture (usually absent on body whorl), spiral sculpture (weak, close-set, regular, crossed by distinct growth lines), shape (shorter spire, shorter siphonal canal, less convex whorls with subsutural concavity, less constricted suture) and parietal callus (inner lip smooth, parietal wall covered with an extended, adherent thin layer as callus). Fusinus (Chryseofusus) bradneri (Drivas and Jay, 1990), F. (C.) chrysodomoides (Schepman, 1911), F. (C.) graciliformis (Sowerby, 1880), F. (C.) hyphalus M. Smith, 1940, F. (C.) jurgeni Hadorn and Fraussen, 2002, F. (C.) kazdailisi Fraussen and Hadorn, 2000 and F. (C.) subangulatus (von Martens, 1901) are briefly described and their taxonomic placement in the new subgenus is discussed. To avoid further taxonomic complications, a lectotype is designated for the correct F. (C.) chrysodomoides. F. (C.) acherius (west Madagascar, Mozambique Channel, 1475-1530 m), F. (C.) alisae (north New Caledonia, 444-452 m), F. (C.) artutus (Philippines, Bohol, deep water), F. (C.) cadus (south New Caledonia, 460-470 m), F. (C.) dapsilis (Vietnam, deep water), F. (C.) riscus (New Caledonia, Norfolk Ridge, 394-401 m), F. (C.) scissus (south New Caledonia, 535 m), F. (C.) wareni ( New Caledonia, 480 m), and F. (C.) westralis (northwest Australia, off Port Hedland, 450 m) are described as new to science.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8

The genus Granulifusus is distributed over the upper continental shelves in the Indo-West Pacific. The 27 species (21 Recent, 6 fossil) are characterized and separated from Fusinus by a granulated surface sculpture, the Recent also by a small round operculum which does not fill the aperture. Fusus (Sipho) libratus Watson 1886 and Latirus staminatus Garrard 1966 are placed in Granulifusus, their transfer based on the above mentioned conchological characteristics and on radular evidence. Granulifusus niponicus (E.A. Smith 1879), G. kiranus Shuto 1958, G. rubrolineatus (Sowerby II 1870), G. staminatus (Garrard 1966) and G. libratus (Watson 1886) were collected during the Musorstom expeditions and the material is extensively reported on. G. bacciballus sp. nov. (North New Caledonia, 444-452 m), G. benjamini sp. nov. (Coral Sea, Chesterfield, 400 m), G. balbus sp. nov. (South New Caledonia, 470 m), G. amoenus sp. nov. (Vanuatu, 480-544 m), G. geometricus sp. nov. (Tonga Islands, 427-436 m), G. monsecourorum sp. nov. (Madagascar, 240 m) and G. babae sp. nov. (Indonesia, Tanimbar Islands, 206-210 m) were also collected by the Musorstom expeditions and are added to this fauna and described as new species. From the collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney (AMS), one additional Recent species (G. lochi sp. nov., Western Australia, 301-310 m) and one fossil species (G. nakasiensis sp. nov., Nakasi Sandstone Beds, Late Pliocene, Fiji) are described. Lots of the remaining 8 species are studied with the exception of G. captivus (E.A. Smith 1899). The remaining 5 fossil species are listed and compared. G. rufinodis (Von Martens 1901) is tentatively regarded as a distinct species and a lectotype is selected.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A survey of the deep-water malacofauna of New Caledonia has brought to light two species referable to the subfamily Columbariinae (Gastropoda: Turbinellidae). Coluzea faeeta sp. nov. is described from off the Isle of Pines at depths of 385-500 m. Additional specimens of Coluzea pinicola Darragh, 1987, previously described from off the Isle of Pines, serve as the basis for the description of the new genus Fustifusus. Serratifusus virginiae sp. nov. And Serratifusus lineatus sp. nov., two recent species of the columbariform genus Serratifusus Darragh. 1969. previously known only from deep-water fossil deposits of Miocene age. Are also described. On the basis of anatomical and radular data, Serratifusus is transferred from the Columbariinae to the family Buccinidae.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Pasiphaea cristata species group is treated herewith, as the second part of the revision of genus Pasiphaea Savigny, 1816. The group is primarily characterized by presence of a complete gill formula, unarmed posterior margin of the merus of the first pereopod, and unarmed posterior margin of the ischium and basis of the second pereopod. The group comprises twenty two species, four of which are new species from MUSORSTOM material. Pasiphaea nishiei Iwasaki proves to be a junior synonym of P. merriami Schmitt, and P. vereschhaka Burukovsky is probably a junior synonym of P. amplidens Bate. Pasiphaea australis Hanamura has the same pereopodal armatures as this group, but entirely lacks arthrobranchs and is referred to Alainopasiphaea Hayashi. The genus Pasiphaea is redefined by including Phye Wood-Mason as a synonym. A key to the species of P. cristata group is presented. Each species is defined and most species are redescribed and/or refigured.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMCB

Two new species similar to Ophichthus megalops Asano, 1987 with dark-tipped anal fins, are described on the basis of one specimen of each species. Ophichthus semilunatus sp. nov. from northeastern Taiwan is characterized by having 176 total vertebrae, three rows of teeth on the maxilla, one + three supraorbital pores, two preopercular pores, a brownish anterior-nostril tube, and a blotch on the anterior margin of anus. Ophichthus brevidorsalis sp. nov. from New Caledonia is characterized by having two preopercular pores, one + three supraorbital pores, smaller eyes 2.7 in head, a short head 9.5% of total length, a long tail 59.8% of total length, a slightly short snout 19.4% of head, and 43 predorsal vertebrae. A redescription of O. megalops is provided based on the holotype and 18 specimens newly collected from Taiwan. Selected characters of all nine Ophichthus with a dark-tipped anal fin are provided. In addition, partial COI sequences of five species is provided.

BORDAU 2, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 4

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2

Malthopsis jordani Gilbert, 1905 was described from the Hawaiian Islands and subsequently recorded from the western Pacific. A review of the species is provided. Examination of all known specimens of this species revealed that M. jordani is endemic to the Hawaiian Islands and specimens outside the range represent a new species. Malthopsis gigas sp. nov., previously misidentified as M. jordani, is described from 111 specimens widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific Ocean. The new species differs from its congeners in having a relatively strong and long rostrum (x¯ϭ8.6% SL); body heavily covered with strong conical bucklers, with numerous small flat bucklers densely covering the space between principal bucklers on the dorsal surface; and the reclined anal fin that extends beyond the caudal fin base. The new species is also the largest member of the genus, reaching size up to 136.4 mm SL.

BORDAU 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2

Parapercis johnsoni sp. nov. is described based on 19 specimens from Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. It differs from congeners in having a combination of the following characters: dorsal-fin rays V, 21; anal-fin rays I, 17; pectoral-fin rays modally 17; pored lateral-line scales modally 52 or 53; predorsal scales 7 or 8; transverse scale rows 3.5 or 4 + 14 or 15; total gill rakers on 1st gill arch 13–16; single row of teeth on vomer; 6 large canines at front of lower jaw; and a distinct coloration. Two rare species, P. flavescens Fourmanoir & Rivaton, 1979 and P. fuscolineata Fourmanoir, 1985, are redescribed based on the types and newly identified specimens. Comments on other species occurring in the area are provided.

BATHUS 1, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, ???msg.security.private???

Bregmaceros retrodorsalis sp. nov., a new codlet species is described based on specimens from shallow to deep waters off Japan and Melanesia. It differs from all congeners by having the origin of second dorsal-fin well posterior, above bases of 5th to 7th anal-fin rays and combination of the following characters: a pointed snout distinctly longer than eye diameter; upper lobe of opercle branched distally; body relatively slender, its depth 10.0‒13.0% SL; 13 principal caudal-fin rays (middle 11 branched); 52‒57 second dorsal-fin rays; 58‒63 anal-fin rays; 16‒18 transverse scale rows below dorsal-fin origin; 86‒93 longitudinal scale rows along body axis; vertebrae 55‒58; entire body evenly covered with melanophores, those on lateral sides forming regular longitudinal rows, one melanophores per scale; head and isthmus entirely, but loosely, covered with variably sized melanophores.

BORDAU 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The deep-sea batfish genus Halieutopsis is reviewed based on worldwide collections. Sixteen species are recognized, including five newly described species: Halieutopsis echinoderma sp. nov. from eastern Taiwan and northeastern Australia, Halieutopsis kawaii sp. nov. from Taiwan and Indonesia, Halieutopsis okamurai sp. nov. from southeastern Japan, Halieutopsis murrayi sp. nov. from the Gulf of Aden, and Halieutopsis taiwanea sp. nov. from northeastern Taiwan. These species differ from their congeners in escal morphology, squamation, and morphometric proportions. Dibranchus nasutus Alcock, 1891, a senior synonym of Halieutopsis vermicularis Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, as well as Dibranchus nudiventer Lloyd, 1909 and Coelophrys oblonga Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, are recognized as valid species in Halieutopsis. Comments on the systematics and biogeographic distributions of the species of Halieutopsis are provided, along with a key to the species.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA1, CHALCAL 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000

A snake eel is described on the basis of a single specimen collected near Dongsha Atoll in the South China Sea. Its large eyes and the dorsal-fin origin behind the pectoral fins place it in the Ophichthus megalops group, despite its lack of a blackened anal-fin base in advance of the tail tip. The following combination of characters separates this new species from all of its Indo-West Pacific congeners: body bicoloured, grey-brown dorsally and uniformly pale ventrally; dorsal-fin origin situated 2.2 times pectoral-fin length behind tip of pectoral fin; eye large and snout short and blunt; a knob present between nostrils; rictus situated slightly anterior of vertical through posterior margin of eye; and teeth biserial on upper jaw and uniserial on vomer and lower jaw. A specimen of Ophichthus kusanagi Hibino, McCosker & Tashiro, 2019 was also collected nearby, representing the first record of this species from the South China Sea.

MUSORSTOM 4

The short-tail eel family Colocongridae is a group of small to moderately large eels found in the mid- to upper-continental slope of all oceans except the eastern and central Pacific. The taxonomy of this group is still poorly known, and many diagnostic characteristics have never been tested and verified. Museum specimens were examined, and data were taken by following methods provided in previous studies, as well as some newly introduced. A total of seven species are recorded for the only genus, Coloconger, including a new species described herein from the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. The diagnostic characters distinguishing species of Coloconger are discussed, comments are made on previous records, and a key to all known species is provided. Morphology of the post-metamorphic stage and transforming leptocephalus is also provided.

BOA0, BOA1, CONCALIS, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

A revision is provided of the Indo-Pacific species of the subfamily Scyllarinae. All of these species were formerly placed in the genus Scyllarus Fabricius, 1775, but a closer study revealed that several genera could be distinguished within the subfamily. The 13 new genera now recognized in the Indo-Pacific biogeographic region are as follows: Acantharctus n. gen., Antarctus n. gen., Antipodarctus n. gen., Bathyarctus n. gen., Biarctus n. gen., Chelarctus n. gen., Crenarctus n. gen., Eduarctus n. gen., Galearctus n. gen., Gibbularctus n. gen., Petrarctus n. gen., Remiarctus n. gen. and Scammarctus n. gen. Diagnoses and keys are provided for all the genera and their species. New and insufficiently known species have been described extensively, for the others additional morphological details are given. New species are: Bathyarctus chani n. gen., n. sp., B. steatopygus n. gen., n. sp., Petrarctus veliger n. gen., n. sp., Chelarctus crosnieri n. gen., n. sp., Eduarctus pyrrhonotus n. gen., n. sp., E. marginatus n. gen., n. sp., E. perspicillatus n. gen., n. sp. and E. reticulatus n. gen., n. sp. Furthermore efforts were made to provide each species with a complete synonymy, a description of the colour, its biology, habitat and geographical distribution. All the material examined is listed in detail. Where appropriate, remarks are provided on nomenclature, published data on the larval development and other topics.

???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Four new muricid species are described from the coral-reef lagoon (25-80 m) of southern New Caledonia: Aspella media n. sp. Is characterized by its reticulated intritacalx and is most similar to A. platylaevis Radwin and D'Attilio, 1976; Maculotriton ingens n. sp., is the second known Maculotriton; it differs from the type species by having a strong intritacalx, a different protoconch, and stronger axial ridges; Typhis carolinae n.sp. Belongs to a small group of Indo-Pacific species only doubtfully referred to T. (Typhina) and Typhis neocaledonicus n. sp. is the third Indo-Pacific species of the predominantly Atlantic subgenus T. (Talityphis).

LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

Seven new muricid species are described from New Caledonia and from the Chesterfield reefs in the Coral Sea. Chicoreus paucifrondosus n. sp. and C. subpalmatus n. sp. are both compared with C. boucheti Houart, 1983; Pterynotus levi n. sp. and P. fulgens n. sp., the first deep-water Pterynotus species described from New Caledonia, are both compared with P. laetifica flemingi Beu, 1967 from New Zealand. Ponderia caledonica n. sp. and P. magna n. sp. are two supplementary species to include in the recently named Ponderia Houart, 1986 and are both compared with the other species of this genus; Muricopsis metivieri n. sp. is related to certain Japanese species tentatively grouped in the subgenus Murexsul Iredale, 1915. All the new species have paucispiral protoconchs.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

Dermomurex (Takia) wareni n. sp. the third Pacific Ocean species of Takia, is characterized by the structure of its intritacalx; Ponderia elephantina n. sp. is nearest to the southeastern Australian P. abies Houart, 1986 ; Pygmaepterys menoui n. sp., named from a single specimen, is characterized by having 3 varices on the last whorl, distinctive spiral sculpture and broad protoconch; Trophon multigradus n. sp., has numerous frilled axial lamellae.

BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Some species of Murex and Haustellum are discussed and have their geographical range extended. One species Murex protocrassus, and one subspecies, Haustellum dentifer coriolis, are described from New Caledonia, and one subspecies, Haustellum gallinago fernandesi, is described from Mozambique

CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The present paper reports on new species and new geographical range extensions, resulting from recent expeditions conducted by ORSTOM, Noumea, the Museum National d' Histoire N aturelle, Paris, the Australian Museum, Sydney, the Western Australian Museum, Perth, and the Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg. The following new taxa are described:Pterynotus stenostoma (New Caledonia), Pterynotus crauroptera (New Caledonia), Pazinotus spectabilis (Loyalty Ridge), Muricopsis charcoti (New Caledonia), Muricopsis bargibanti (Chesterfield Reefs), Muricopsis diamantina (Western Australia), Typhis west australis (Western Australia), Typhis trispinosus (Queensland, Australia), Typhis insolitus (New Caledonia), Siphonochelus lozoueti (New Caledonia), Trophon lacrima (New Caledonia), Trophon tirardi (New Caledonia), and ?Trophon aberrans (Queensland, Australia). Three species, Pterynotus fulgens Houart, 1988, Muricopsis auratus (Kuroda & Habe, 1971), and Siphonochelus tillierae Houart, 1986, are new records for southern Africa.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The New Caledonian species of Typhinae are revised. A total of 11 species are recorded ; 5, all from deep-sea, are new : Siphonochelus (S.) angustus; S. (S.) boucheti; 5. (S.) saitantis; S. (S.) unicornis and S. (? Siphonochelus) undulalus. All the species are described and illustrated together with comparative material. The radulae of 3 species are illustrated : Typhis (Typhina) carolinae Houart, 1987; Siphonochelus (S.) boucheti sp. nov. And S. (S.) saitantis sp. nov. Position and angle of anal tubes are considered to be a good criterion for the separation of species.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The genus Chicoreus Montfort, 1810 is divided into five subgenera : Chicoreus (s.s.) ; Triplex Perry, 1810, Siratus Jousseaume, 1880, Rhizophorimurex Oyama, 1950, and Chicopinnatus n. subgen. Naquetia Jousseaume, 1880 and Chicomurex Arakawa, 1964 are treated as separate genera, due to differences in radula morphology. A new subgenus of Chicoreus, Chicopinnatus is introduced for three species formerly classified in the genus Pterynotus Swainson, 1833. All of the species are systematically revised and illustrated. The Recent species are redescribed and their distributions are mapped. Sixty-three Recent species and one subspecies are recognized : 7 are referable to Chicoreus (s.s.), 39 to Triplex, 2 to Siratus, 1 to Rhizophorimurex, 3 to Chicopinnatus, 5 to Naquetia, and 7 to Chicomurex. One new species is named : Chicomurex protoglobosus. Of the 19 fossil species, 17 are assigned to Triplex and 2 to Chicomurex.

MUSORSTOM 4

New Caledonian representatives of the muricid subfamily Trophoninae are revised. Two new genera are described and a total of 32 species are recorded, of which 24 are new to science. One species is refered to Apixystus Iredale, 1929, four to Trophonopsis Bucquoy & Dautzenberg, 1882, twenty-two to Leptotrophon n. gen., four to Conchatalos n. gen., and one to Litozamia Iredale, 1929. Two species formerly described in Poirieria (Paziella) (Muricinae) are transfered to Trophoninae. Three species are also known from SE and E Australia, and/or from Indonesia. The others are known only from the New Caledonian region. Most species live between 250 and 775 meters; only one species occurs in 105-110 m and three range deeper than 1000 m.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Litozamia acares n. sp. and Siphonochelus (Trubatsa) wolffi n. sp. are described from New Caledonia. The radula and the operculum of Litozamia acares are illustrated and described. The classification of Litozamia in Trophoninae is maintained awaiting molecular data to either confirm or modify this decision. Litozamia longior (Verco, 1909) is reinstated as a valid species. The use of the subgenus Choreotyphis Iredale, 1936 is reinstated in Siphonochelus for a single species from eastern Australia, based on differences in shell morphology.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Four new species of Muricidae are described from New Caledonia, Papua New Guinea and Indonesia and compared with related species. One Timbellus species was collected in New Caledonia. Two other species are described from Papua New Guinea, respectively in Chicopinnatus and Dermomurex. The fourth species, also belonging in Chicopinnatus, originates from Indonesia.

EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3

The subgenus Dermomurex (Takia) is reviewed and one new species, D. (T.) manonae n. sp., is described from New Caledonia. It is distinguished from the similar D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 based on genetic differences and a few shell characters. From other species it differs in its shell and intritacalx morphology. The four Indo-West Pacific species are reviewed and illustrated, namely D. (T.) bobyini Kosuge, 1984, D. (T.) infrons Vokes, 1974, D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 and D. (T.) manonae n. sp. Dermomurex (subgenus?) paulinae n. sp. is described from New Caledonia in an undetermined subgenus and is distinguished from D. (D.) africanus Vokes, 1978 from South Africa by its shell and intritacalx morphology. Trialatella is synonymized with Dermomurex s.s.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The classification of the subfamily Typhinae is revised based on a molecular phylogenetic analysis. The genera Typhina Jousseaume, 1880, Typhisopsis Jousseaume, 1880 and Typhisala Jousseaume, 1881 are here treated as synonyms, and Typhina is given precedence over Typhisopsis. Trubatsa Dall, 1889 is confirmed as a separate, valid genus, based on morphological shell characters and molecular analysis. Choreotyphis Iredale, 1936 is also regarded as a valid genus but still requires validation by molecular analysis. An appendix of Recent Typhinae includes a short description of each genus. The list of Typhinae recorded from New Caledonia is updated. The validity of Trubatsa lozoueti (Houart, 1991), a species so far known only from the empty collected holotype, is confirmed by the morphological and molecular analysis of a second specimen.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 3, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Twenty-four species of Muricidae are reviewed, 15 assigned to Chicomurex Arakawa, 1964 and 9 to Naquetia Jousseaume, 1880, two closely related genera. Each species is listed with the author's name(s), the date of description, the synonymy, the chresonymy, the distribution, the description and some comments; the chresonymy is only cited for misidentified figures in recent publications dealing with Muricidae. Each species is illustrated in colour with many specimens, while scanning electron micrographs are provided for the radulae. Photos of the protoconch are provided for most of the species as well as the spiral cord morphology. The type locality and the type material (holotype only) are noted for each name. In addition, a molecular phylogeny of Chicomurex is reconstructed from eight species using three mitochondrial genes (cytochrome oxidase c subunit I, 12S rRNA, and 16S rRNA). The phylogeny revealed three wellsupported clades within the monophyletic Chicomurex, the grouping of species being congruent with morphology (C. laciniatus complex, C. superbus complex, and C. gloriosus complex). Species sampled includes three recently described species C. lani Houart, Moe & Chen, 2014, C. globus Houart, Moe & Chen, 2015, and C. pseudosuperbus Houart, Moe & Chen, 2015; the specific status of these were assessed and found to be supported by genetic data.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2004, TERRASSES

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Ergalataxinae dredged during the MNHN-ORSTOM cruises in the New Caledonia region are listed and discussed (19 species of which 4 are new). Thirteen new species are described: Ergalatax zebra from the Gulf of Aden, Cytharomorula danigoi and Cytharomorula pinguis from the New Caledonia region, Cytharomorula springsteeni from the Philippine Islands, Daphnellopsis hypselos from East Sumatra, Lataxiena habropenos from Mozambique, Orania adiastolos from the New Caledonia region and South Africa, Orania archaea from the Philippine Islands, Taiwan, New Caledonia and Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), Orania dharmai from Indonesia, Orania mixta from the Philippine Islands and Sumatra, Orania ornamentata from southern Africa, Orania simonetae from the Marquesas Islands, and Orania taeniata from Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Fusus imbricatus E. A. Smith, 1876 (not F. imbricatus Lesson, 1842 nec F. imbricatus De Kay, 1843) is renamed Lataxiena desserti. Two new combinations are adopted, Orania fischeriana (Tapparone Canefri, 1882) and Orania pacifica (Nakayama, 1988). Two nominal species are newly synonymised: Columbella clathra Lesson, 1842 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fenestrata (De Blainville, 1832) and Murex muriformis Lesson, 1844 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fiscella (Gmelin, 1791).

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

30 new species in the Trichotropid CAPULIDAE in the genera Verticosta, Latticosta n. gen., Torellia and Trichosirius are described from tropical and subtropical deep water of Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Ocean: Verticosta ariane n. sp., Verticosta bellefontainae n. sp., Verticosta milleinsularum n. sp., Verticosta filipinos n. sp., Verticosta plexa n. sp., Verticosta lapita n. sp., Verticosta pyramis n. sp., Verticosta kanak n. sp., Verticosta vanuatuensis n. sp., Verticosta feejee n. sp., Verticosta lilii n. sp., Verticosta sinusvellae n. sp., Verticosta terrasesae n. sp., Verticosta uvea n. sp., Verticosta rurutuana n. sp., Verticosta bicarinata n. sp., Verticosta tricarinata n. sp., Verticosta quadricarinata n. sp., Verticosta cheni n. sp., Verticosta iris n. sp., Verticosta castelli n. sp., Verticosta biangulata n. sp., Verticosta reunionnaise n. sp., Verticosta lemurella n. sp., Verticosta madagascarensis n. sp., Latticosta guidopoppei n. sp., Latticosta tagaroae n. sp., Latticosta magnifica n. sp., Torellia loyaute n. sp. and Trichosirius omnimarium n. sp. Trichotropis townsendi is now Latticosta townsendi n. comb.. Shell material comes from expeditions by MNHN and collections of authors.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES

A new species of Erebonasteridae, Amphicrossus pacificus, is decribed on the basis of a single female from a depth of 155 m north of New Caledonia in the Grand Passage zone. The new species is closely related to Erebonaster spinulosus Humes and for that reason the latter is transferred to the new genus Amphicrossus. Differences in body ornamentation and armature of maxilla, maxilliped and P4 serve to distinguish Amphicrossus and Erebonaster. Other noticeable discrepancies are found in the structure of the rostrum, the shape of the thoracic epimera and the design of the fifth pair of legs. A peculiar structure, the "sensory area", is shown on the posterior surface of enp-2 P2 in both Amphicrossus species which can be differentiated from each other on the basis of differences in antennulary setation, ornamentation of P1-P4 (exopods, intercoxal sclerites) and length: width ratio of anal somite and P5 exopod. The discovery of A. pacificus in the southern hemisphere considerably extends both the depth range and geographicaJ range of the family.

MUSORSTOM 4

Studies of recent bathyal collections mainly made during MUSORSTOM cruises have shown an extremely diverse grenadier fauna in the New Caledonian region. A total of 932 grenadier specimens (families Bathygadidae and Macrouridae) representing 49 species in 16 genera were collected from 102 samples taken from depths between 395 and 2105 m (mid-depth sounding). Of the 49 species, 15 (31%) were found to be new (one recently described) and two are treated as indeterminate. The collections were dominated by the genera Caelorinchus (14 spp., 5 new), Ventrifossa (7 spp., 2 new, but one not named), Hymenocephalus (sensu lato) (7 spp., 2 new), and Nezumia (5 spp., 3 new). This paper reports the taxonomic findings on the collections. A subsequent paper will report on aspects of the distribution and biology of grenadiers in the New Caledonian region.

AZTEQUE, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 1, SMIB 3, VOLSMAR

Spicomacrurus, formerly classified as a subgenus of Hymenogadus, is elevated to full generic status after the discovery of two new species from the southwestern Pacific. The following synapomorphies characterizing the genus are not shared with either Hymenogadus or Hymenocephalus, although Spicomacrurus obviously belongs within this clade of grenadiers: net-like pattern of black epithelium covering gular region; elongate posterior dermal window of light organ; membranous flange on distal portion of outer pelvic fin ray; and protruding snout formed by three broad horizontally flattened processes of the nasal bones. Spicomacrurus dictyogadus sp. nov. is described from one collected off Vanuatu in 657–685 m. It can be distinguished by its relatively deep and compressed body and head, greatest body width about 2 times into greatest depth; suborbital depth about 3.5 into orbit diameter; and scale rows below origin of second dorsal fin 5½. Spicomacrurus mccoskeri sp. nov. is described from six specimens collected off Chesterfield Plateau in 650–710 m. It can be distinguished by its shallow, cylindrical body and head, greatest body width slightly less than greatest depth; suborbital depth 5–6 into orbit diameter; and scale rows below origin of second dorsal fin 3½. A key to all four species of Spicomacrurus is provided.

BOA1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

Since its foundation in 1793, type specimens of 441 asteroid species and subspecies have been deposited in the M­ uséum national d’Histoire naturelle of Paris. The annotated catalogue of all these taxa is drawn up including species whose type material could not be found in the collection. Today the Paris museum houses 1011 asteroid type specimens representing 398 nominal species and subspecies, most of which were described by Lamarck (1816), Müller & Troschel (1842), Perrier (between 1869 and 1896) and Koehler (between 1895 and 1923). Though originating worldwide, species coming from the Atlantic and Indo-West Pacific Oceans, and Antarctic waters are more numerous. A biographical directory of all those involved either in the descriptions of the species or the collection of new material as well as their dedicatee is annexed to the catalogue. Revision of the Paris collection allows to propose taxonomic changes for two species of Müller & Troschel (Echinaster crassus Müller & Troschel, 1842 and Echinaster gracilis Müller & Troschel, 1842 are synonymized with Echinaster purpureus (Gray, 1840)) and five species of Perrier (Asterias borbonica Perrier, 1875 and Echinaster clouei Perrier, 1869 are synonymized with Echinaster purpureus (Gray, 1840), Oreaster clouei Perrier, 1869 and Oreaster mammosus Perrier, 1869 with Protoreaster lincki (Blainville, 1830) and Ophidiaster chinensis Perrier, 1875 with Ophidiaster granifer Lütken, 1871).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, CEAMARC-AA, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, Walters Shoal

A new species of pinguipedid fish, Parapercis nigrodorsalis, is described from 17 specimens collected off the North Island of New Zealand and Wanganella Bank, Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea, in depths of 56–280 m. The species has also been photographed underwater off the Poor Knights Islands Reserve and Burgess Island, Mokohinau Group, in New Zealand. It is most similar to Parapercis binivirgata (Waite, 1904) in morphology, coloration and meristic values, but is unique among the genus in having a combination of dorsal-fin rays V, 23, anal-fin rays I, 19, lateral-line scales 57–63, vomer with 1–2 irregular rows of robust conical teeth, palatines with 1–2 rows of small teeth, angle of subopercle smooth, 10 abdominal and 22 caudal vertebrae, and coloration, including seven broad reddish-brown bands on the upper body between the spinous dorsal-fin and the caudal peduncle, most bands bifurcated into close-set double bars with black smudge-like blotches below, and membrane of the spinous dorsal fin black. Comparison of the mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase subunit 1 (CO 1) genetic marker utilised in DNA barcoding produced a genetic divergence of 5.38% and 7.63% between the new species and its two closest sampled congeners. The holotype of P. binivirgata is identified from two specimens previously regarded as syntypes, some revisions are made to meristic data in the original description of the latter, and a detailed description of the revised geographic range of P. binivirgata is provided.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

Balanomorph barnacles of the superfamilies Chionelasmatoidea and Pachylasmatoidea collected by various French deep-sea expeditions in the waters of New Caledonia, Vanuatu, and the Wallis and Futuna Islands are discussed. One sample from the Marianas Islands is also included. Of the 21 species reported herein, 18 are new to science, 2 are recognised as relictual, and 1 represents a northward range extension within the waters of the southwestern Pacific Ocean. In addition 4 new genera and 1 new subfamily are described. An exceptional diversity of species occurs in the subfamilies Pachylasmadnae and Hexelasmadnae of the family Pachylasmatidae. The number of new pachylasmatines described represents 46% of the known species and that of the new hexelasmatines 40%, indicating the richness of these waters. Of the 17 new species described from the waters of New Caledonia, Vanuatu, and the Wallis and Futuna Islands, 14 are considered presently to be endemic to the Vanuatu/New Caledonian region and the remaining 3 occur in a broader area which includes the Futuna and Wallis Islands region. The richest fauna occurs at the Loyalty Islands (15 species), the Norfolk Ridge (11 species) and New Caledonia (11 species). The occurrence of 2 relictual species, the chionelasmaune Chionelasmus darwini and the eolasmatineWaite/aima boucheti, in the waters of the New Caledonian region supports the hypothesis that the southwestern Pacific is a relictual area.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Les espèces les plus communes de crustacés décapodes et stomatopodes de Nouvelle- Calédonie ont été photographiées en mars 2009 dans 3 stations principales : en Province Sud, aux environs de Nouméa et sur les îlots Rédika et Ka ; en Province Nord, entre la presqu'île de Pindaï et Voh ; et aux îles Loyauté, à Lifou. Au total 19 stations ont été visitées en pêche à pied à basse-mer ou en plongée sous-marine sur des fonds de 1-20 m, de jour et de nuit. Une petite collection de référence a été constituée pour un examen au laboratoire nécessaire à certaines déterminations. Cette récolte est déposée dans les collections du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris. Les photographies des auteurs réalisées in situ ou au laboratoire ont été complétées avec celles d’une dizaine de plongeurs photographes ayant accepté de participer à ce projet de recherche. La photothèque ainsi constituée comprend plus de 600 clichés exploitables, correspondant à 176 espèces différentes. Ces photographies sont présentées sur des planches photographiques pour servir d’aide à la détermination aux gestionnaires de l’environnement marin de Nouvelle-Calédonie et aux plongeurs photographes amateurs. Les espèces sont présentées par ordre alphabétique sur des planches regroupées par grands groupes taxonomiques : stomatopodes et langoustes, crevettes, bernard l’ermite, et crabes. Les déterminations provisoires sont indiquées par 'cf.' Parallèlement à cet inventaire photographique, une liste documentée préliminaire des espèces de crustacés stomatopodes et décapodes terrestres et de petits fonds, en excluant les espèces toujours récoltées au-delà de 100 m, est proposée pour la Nouvelle-Calédonie et les archipels voisins (Chesterfield, Entrecasteaux, Loyauté). Cette liste a été compilée en collaboration avec B. Richer de Forges et C. Hoffschir du centre IRD de Nouméa à partir des données de la BD 'Océane', complétées par les nouveaux signalements effectués au cours de ce travail et une recherche bibliographique supplémentaire. Elle comprend 939 espèces pour lesquelles sont indiquées : profondeurs minimale-maximale, au moins une référence bibliographique attestant de sa présence en Nouvelle-Calédonie, la liste des campagnes de prospection concernées et des lieux-dits de récolte.

BATHUS 1, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Five French deep-sea cruises made around New Caledonia during the years 1985-1987 brought altogether 92 specimens of chitons, representing 10 species in 5 families ; 8 species are new to science. The new genus Vermichiton is described for a small vermiform species; this genus is compared with Connexochiton Kaas, 1979.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

Abstract The superfamily Buccinoidea is distributed across the oceans of the world from the Arctic Ocean to the Antarctic and from intertidal to abyssal depths. It encompasses 3351 recent species in 337 genera. The latest taxonomic account recognized eight full families. For the first time, the monophyly of the superfamily and the relationships among the families are tested with molecular data supplemented by anatomical and radula data. Five genetic markers were used: fragments of mitochondrial COI, 16S rRNA, 12S rRNA and nuclear Histone 3 (H3) and 28S rRNA genes (for 225 species of 117 genera). Our analysis recovered Buccinoidea monophyletic in Bayesian analyses. The relationships between the formerly recognized families and subfamilies are drastically revised and a new classification of the superfamily is here proposed, now including 20 taxa of family rank and 23 subfamilies. Five new families (Chauvetiidae, Dolicholatiridae, Eosiphonidae, Prodotiidae and Retimohniidae) and one subfamily of Nassariidae (Tomliniinae) are described. Austrosiphonidae and Tudiclidae are resurrected from synonymy and employed in a new taxonomical extension. All but 40 recent genera are reclassified. Our results demonstrate that anatomy is rather uniform within the superfamily. With exceptions, the rather uniform radular morphology alone does not allow the allocation of genera to a particular family without additional molecular data.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 1, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVALAN 2018, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, ???msg.security.private???, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, ???msg.security.private???, ZhongSha 2015

The anatomy of Ceratoxancus is characterized by a short or very short proboscis, the presence of an accessory sali vary gland, the ventral odontophoral retractor passing through the nerve ring, and the position of the buccal mass at the proboscis base in contracted condition. These characters are shared by other representatives of the subfamily and confirm the classification of Ceratoxancus in the Ptychatractinae, until now based on shell and radula characters. Ceratoxancus Kuroda, 1952, comprises six species of which four are described as new from the New Caledonia region in deep water (530-830 m). Ceratoxancus elongatus Sakurai, 1958, is removed from the synonymy of C. teramachii Kuroda, 1952, and both species are recorded from the south west Pacific. Species of Ceratoxancus with a long labral spine present numerous shell breakages, while toothless species have mu ch fewer scars, and it is hypothesized that the tooth and outer lip are used in prey capture with accompanying shell breakage.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

The range of shell characters (overall shape, sculpture, columellar plaits, protoconchs) exhibited by fossil and Recent species placed in Exilia Conrad, 1860, Mitraefusus Bellardi, 1873, Mesorhytis Meek, 1876, Surculina Dall, 1908, Phenacoptygma Dall, 1918, Palaeorhaphis Stewart, 1927, Zexilia Finlay, 1926, Graphidula Stephenson, 1941, Benthovoluta Kuroda et Habe, 1950, and Chathamidia Dell, 1956 and the anatomy of the Recent species precludes separation of more than one genus. Consequently all of these nominal genera are synonymised with Exilia, with a stratigraphical range from Late Cretaceous to Recent. Anatomically, Exilia is similar to other ptychatractine genera, but is characterized by a stomach with a long, narrow caecum, a penis with terminal fold surrounding the seminal papilla, and a radula with rachidian teeth with broad lateral flaps. Recent species of Exilia are restricted to deep water at middle to low latitudes in the Indian and Pacific oceans. Exilia hilgendorfi (Martens, 1897) is treated as a species highly variable within its broad IndoPacific distribution, with Benthovoluta gracilior Rehder, 1967, B. claydoni Harasewych, 1987, and B. prellei Bozzetti, 200 I considered local variants. Three new species are described: Exilia graphiduloides sp. nov. (New Caledonia, 520 m), E. vagrans sp. nov. (West and SW Pacific, 865-1280 m), and E. kiwi sp. nov. (New Zealand, 1386-1676 m).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The genus Belloliva (Gastropoda: Olividae) consists of small (<15 mm) operculate species and was hitherto thought to be essentially confined to coastal waters of southern and eastern Australia. We report a small radiation from deep water (100-1000 m) in the Coral Sea and New Caledonia, consisting essentially of undescribed species. The new genus Calyptoliva, which differs from Belloliva by the absence of a mantle filament and the presence of a mantle lobe, is also represented in the same area by new species. Based on correlation with shell characters, we suggest that the olivid mantle lobe is responsible for secreting the primary spire callus that overlies the suture, rather than producing the columellar callus as was previously believed (Marcus and Marcus 1959). Belloliva and Calyptoliva combine a suite of shell, radular, and anatomical characters that is shared with either the Olivinae or the Ancillariinae. This raises the question of the distinctiveness of the two classically recognized subfamilies within the family Olividae. All species have paucispiral protoconchs with inferred limited larval dispersal, and many have extremely narrow distributions, sometimes endemic to a single guyot, or they show discrete geographical differentiation. New species: Belloliva iota sp. nov., Belloliva alaos sp. nov., Belloliva apoma sp. nov., Belloliva ellenae sp. nov., Belloliva obeon sp. nov., Belloliva dorcas sp. nov., Calyptoliva bolis gen. nov., sp. nov., Calyptoliva amblys sp. nov., Calyptoliva tatyanae sp. nov.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

The anatomy and evolution of the radular apparatus in predatory marine gastropods of the superfamily Conoidea is reconstructed on the basis of a molecular phylogeny, based on three mitochondrial genes (COI, 12S and 16S) for 102 species. A unique feeding mechanism involving use of individual marginal radular teeth at the proboscis tip for stabbing and poisoning of prey is here assumed to appear at the earliest stages of evolution of the group. The initial major evolutionary event in Conoidea was the divergence to two main branches. One is characterized by mostly hypodermic marginal teeth and absence of an odontophore, while the other possesses a radula with primarily duplex marginal teeth, a strong subradular membrane and retains a fully functional odontophore. The radular types that have previously been considered most ancestral, “prototypic” for the group (flat marginal teeth; multicuspid lateral teeth of Drilliidae; solid recurved teeth of Pseudomelatoma and Duplicaria), were found to be derived conditions. Solid recurved teeth appeared twice, independently, in Conoidea – in Pseudomelatomidae and Terebridae. The Terebridae, the sister group of Turridae, are characterized by very high radular variability, and the transformation of the marginal radular teeth within this single clade repeats the evolution of the radular apparatus across the entire Conoidea.

AURORA 2007, BOA1, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

The new family Belomitridae is established for the deep-water buccinoid genus Belomitra P. Fischer, 1883, based on morphological (shell and radulae) and molecular evidence. The rachiglossate radula is uniquely characterized by a multicuspid rachidian and lateral teeth with very long narrow bases and two small cusps closer to tip. Molecular analysis of a reduced set of Buccinoidea did not resolve the group as a clade, but shows that Belomitridae forms a well supported clade within Buccinoidea. Species of Belomitra have adult sizes in the 7-53 mm range; they live in deep water, mostly in the 500-2,000 meters range, at low and mid latitudes. Eleven valid species described from the Indo-Pacific were originally named in the families Buccinidae, Columbellidae, Cancellariidae, Volutidae, and Turridae. Fourteen new species are described: Belomitra nesiotica n. sp. (Society Islands to Tonga and Fiji in 580-830 m), B. bouteti n. sp. (Society and Tuamotu Islands in 430-830 m), B. subula n. sp. (Solomon Islands to Vanuatu in 760-1110 m), B. caudata n. sp. (Sulu Sea in 2300 m), B. gymnobela n. sp. (South Pacific, eastern Indonesia and Philippines in 780-2040 m), B. hypsomitra n. sp. (Fiji in 392-407 m), B. brachymitra n. sp. (Fiji in 395-540 m), B. comitas n. sp. (Madagascar and Philippines in 1075-1110 m), B. minutula (Coral Sea in 490 m), B. granulata n. sp. (New Caledonia in 105-860 m), B. reticulata n. sp. (Tonga and Fiji to New Caledonia in 395-656 m), B. decapitata n. sp. (Indian Ocean and New Caledonia in 3680-4400 m), B. admete n. sp. (off Sri Lanka in 2540 m), and B. radula n. sp. (Madagascar in 367-488 m).

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The genus Pseudolatirus Bellardi, 1884, with the Miocene type species Fusus bilineatus Hörnes, 1853, has been used for 13 Miocene to Early Pleistocene fossil species and eight Recent species and has traditionally been placed in the fasciolariid subfamily Peristerniinae Tryon, 1880. Although the fossil species are apparently peristerniines, the Recent species were in their majority suspected to be most closely related to Granulifusus Kuroda & Habe, 1954 in the subfamily Fusininae Wrigley, 1927. Their close affinity was confirmed by the molecular phylogenetic analysis of Couto et al. (2016). In the molecular phylogenetic section we present a more detailed analysis of the relationships of 10 Recent Pseudolatirus-like species, erect two new fusinine genera, Okutanius gen. nov. (type species Fusolatirus kuroseanus Okutani, 1975) and Vermeijius gen. nov. (type species Pseudolatirus pallidus Kuroda & Habe, 1961). Five species are described as new for science, three of them are based on sequenced specimens (Granulifusus annae sp. nov., G. norfolkensis sp. nov., Okutanius ellenae gen. et sp. nov.) and two (G. tatianae sp. nov., G. guidoi sp. nov.) are attributed to Granulifusus on the basis of conchological similarities to sequenced species. New data on radular morphology is presented for examined species.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, ???msg.security.private???, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, GUYANE 2014, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MADEEP, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, ???msg.security.private???

In the ancillariid genus Amalda, the shell is character rich and 96 described species are currently treated as valid. Based on shell morphology, several subspecies have been recognized within Amalda hilgendorfi, with a combined range extending at depths of 150–750 m from Japan to the South-West Pacific. A molecular analysis of 78 specimens from throughout this range shows both a weak geographical structuring and evidence of gene flow at the regional scale. We conclude that recognition of subspecies (richeri Kilburn & Bouchet, 1988, herlaari van Pel, 1989, and vezzaroi Cossignani, 2015) within A. hilgendorfi is not justified. By contrast, hilgendorfi-like specimens from the Mozambique Channel and New Caledonia are molecularly segregated, and so are here described as new, as Amalda miriky sp. nov. and A. cacao sp. nov., respectively. The New Caledonia Amalda montrouzieri complex is shown to include at least three molecularly separable species, including A. allaryi and A. alabaster sp. nov. Molecular data also confirm the validity of the New Caledonia endemics Amalda aureomarginata, A. fuscolingua, A. bellonarum, and A. coriolis. The existence of narrow range endemics suggests that the species limits of Amalda with broad distributions, extending, e.g., from Japan to Taiwan (A. hinomotoensis) or even Indonesia, the Strait of Malacca, Vietnam and the China Sea (A. mamillata) should be taken with caution.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, ???msg.security.private???, ZhongSha 2015

Eight species of benthopelagic synaphobranchid eels (Synaphobranchidae, Synaphobranchus affinis, S. brevidorsalis, S. oregoni, Diastobranchus capensis, Haptenchelys texis, Meadia abyssalis, Dyssomina rugoso, and Atroctodenchelys robinsorum sp. nova) were collected during MUSORSTOM cruises in 1985- 1986 and 1994-1999 off New Calcdonia and adjacent underwater rises. Descriptions are given for the two monotypic genera Haptenchelys and Atractodenchelys, previously known only from the North Atlantic and thus recorded for the first time in the Pacific, and two new species, M. abyssallis and D. rugosa, for the first time recorded in the south western Pacific. A description of the new species, A. robinsorum sp. nova, is provided based on three specimens collected in the mesobenthic zone off Chesterfield and Vanuatu Islands. The new species is distinct from its Atlantic counterpart A. phrix by the greater number of vertebrae ( 186-199 vs. 16X-172), greater number of vomcrine tceth (7-8 vs. 5), greater number of pores in supraorbital and infraorbital canals, and lower number of pores in prcopcrcular-mandibular canal.

BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8

The results are presented of a study of the collection of congrid (18 species) and nettastomatid (4 species) eels collected by the MUSORSTOM and other expeditions on the underwater rises and island slopes in the western tropical part of the Pacific Ocean. The following new species were described: three species of the genus Ariosoma (A. sereti and A. multivertebratum from the waters of the Marquesas Islands and A. sazonovi from the waters of the Philippines), two species of the genus Gnathophis ( G. neocaledoniensis from New Caledonia and G. asanoi from the Philippines), and one species each from the genera Parabathymyrus (P fijiensis from the Fiji Islands), Congriscus (C. marquesaensis from the Marquesas Islands), Acromycter (A. longipectoralis from the waters of New Caledonia), Blachea (B. longicaudalis from Fiji and New Caledonia), and Saurenchelys (S. taiwanensis from the waters of Taiwan). The validity of Ariosoma howensis (McCulloch & Waite), Gnathophis heterognathos (Bleeker), and Macrocephenchelys brevirostris (Chen & Weng) is confirmed. For the first time, C. maldivensis, P adenensis, and D. polystigmatus, known earlier only by occurrences in the Indian Ocean, were recorded in the western part of the Pacific Ocean.

BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

Bathycongrus trimaculatus is described from 16 specimens collected from moderately deep water off the Solomon Islands, Fiji, and New Caledonia in the southwestern Pacific. It is distinguished from all other species by the presence of three conspicuous dark spots in the dorsal and anal fins; by having the vomerine teeth in an elongate patch with all the teeth about the same size and none of them greatly enlarged; by having fewer vertebrae; and by its small size. Bathycongrus bleekeri is redescribed, based on the unique holotype and two additional specimens, and compared to other species of the genus.

BORDAU 1, MUSORSTOM 4, SALOMON 1

A new dextral flounder, Samariscus multiradiatus, is described from six specimens (four males and two females) collected in deep waters (296–430 m) around New Caledonia. The species is easily distinguished from its 16 congeners in having a combination of 85–91 dorsal fin rays, 67–72 anal fin rays, 5 pectoral fin rays, and 9 abdominal and 34–35 caudal vertebrae.

BATHUS 4, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1

A new righteye flounder, Poecilopsetta multiradiata, is described from eight specimens (two males and six females) collected from deep waters (336–408 m) around New Zealand and New Caledonia (South-West Pacific). This new species is distinguished from its 14 congeners by the following combination of characters: high numbers of dorsal (70–73) and anal (58–62) fin rays, ca. 85–99 lateral-line scales, 31–32 caudal vertebrae, and a relatively shallow body depth of 36.9–41.9% SL.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6

Four new species and one subspecies are described from deep water in the New Caledonian region : Amalda fuscolingua, A. aureomarginata, A. coriolis, A. bellonarum and A. hilgendorfi richeri. A. montrouzieri (Souverbie, 1860) is redescribed and discussed. SEM photographs of radulae are included.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Detailed study of the Monniot collection of copepods belonging to the family Notodelphyidae has revealed an extraordinary diversity of novel taxa. With rare exceptions notodelphyids live in association with ascidians and the Monniot collection was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on the ascidian hosts by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 178 new species of notodelphyids from ascidian hosts and 37 new genera are established: Bathynotodelphys gen.nov., Pronotodelphys gen. nov., Ooishillgia gen. nov., Nobinerilla gen. nov., Notopygus gen. nov., Chelipygus gen. nov., Sympygus gen. nov., Vaoda gen. nov., Gosbia gen. nov., Pentachaetus gen. nov., Diceratus gen. nov., Prodoroixys gen. nov., Notoixys gen. nov., Borixys gen. nov., Cystixys gen. nov., Ammonixys gen. nov., Ctenixys gen. nov., Ademoixys gen. nov., Gallincola gen. nov., Scoliosoma gen. nov., Contoura gen. nov., Unimeria gen. nov., Mecodelphys gen. nov., Tubipedia gen. nov., Procampodelphys gen. nov., Janius gen. nov., Campodelphys gen. nov., Hamaticoxa gen. nov., Adrodelphys gen. nov., Phyllodelphys gen. nov., Lissodelphys gen. nov., Nodoscarus gen. nov., Diblastus gen. nov., Chilodelphys gen. nov., Scaridelphys gen. nov., Socotradelphys gen. nov., and Aplodelphys gen. nov. Prior to this study the Notodelphyidae comprised exactly 200 valid species classified in 46 genera, a mean species richness of 4.3 species per genus. After the addition of the new taxa described here, the family now comprises 378 species in 83 genera, a mean species richness of 4.6 species per genus. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection and the availability of a wider range of taxa has allowed certain generic boundaries to be better defined, resulting in transfers of species between genera and the recognition of 16 new combinations. A further 51 existing species are also reported, and brief supplementary notes or full redescriptions are provided as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, EVHOE, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A new cratigonid genus and species, Pseudopontophilus serratus n. gen., n. sp., is established from the southwestern Pacific. The new genus is closely related to Pontophilus Leach, 18 17 and Parapontophilus Christoffersen, 1988 in having at least one pair of lateral teeth oil the rostrum and a postorbital suture on the carapace. It is distinguished from both Pontophilus and Parapontophilus in the completely loss of exopod on the First pereopod and the less reduced second pereopod. Considerable variation in the number of median spines oil the carapace, which not appear to be correlated with either size or sex, is found in this new species.

BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 8

A review of the species of the caridean genus Glyphocrangon A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 from the Indo-West Pacific Oceans is presented based on rich collections formed during French expeditions to various regions, and supplemented by extensive material deposited in various institutions throughout the world. The genus is divided into two informal groups primarily based on the development of the eye and the presence or absence of arthrobranchs on the first and second pereopods. This study treats species characterized by a well-developed eye and the presence of arthrobranchs on the first and second pereopods (herein called the Glyphocrangon spinicauda species group). A total of 54 species are recognized in the G. spinicauda species group from the Indo-West Pacific region. Of these, the following 28 are new to science: G. albatrossae (Philippines), G. amblytes (Madagascar and South Africa), G. armata (New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Wallis and Futuna islands), G. boletifera (Gulf of Aden), G. chacei (Philippines), G. confusa (Indonesia), G. cornuta (New Caledonia), G. crosnieri (Madagascar), G. conodactylus (New Caledonia), G. dimorpha (New Caledonia), G. ferox (Madagascar), G. formosana (Taiwan and East China Sea), G. indonesiensis (Philippines and Indonesia), G. kapala (eastern Australia), G. saintlaurentae (western Indian Ocean), G. major (New Caledonia), G. lineata (Indonesia and northwestern Australia), G. parva (Philippines), G. perplexa (Japan and Taiwan), G. proxima (Philippines and Indonesia), G. punctata (Philippines), G. richeri (Wallis and Futuna islands), G. robusta (Philippines), G. rubricinctuta (Wallis and Futuna islands), G. runcinata (East China Sea), G. similior (Coral Sea), G. speciosa (New Caledonia), and G. tasmanica (Tasman Sea). Glyphocrangon andamanensis Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 and G. mabahissae Calman, 1939, which have been considered to be synonymous with G. investigatoris Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 and G. dentata Barnard, 1926 respectively, are found to be distinct species. Glyphocrangon juxtaculeata Chace, 1984, the holotype of which is a juvenile, is considered to be a junior subjective synonym of G. regalis Bate, 1888. Glyphocrangon joani Allen & Butler, 1994 is treated as a junior synonym of G. fimbriata Komai & Takeuchi, 1994. Plastocrangon Alcock, 1901 is interpreted as a synonym of Glyphocrangon. The new species are fully described and illustrated, and all but three of the previously known species are redescribed and illustrated: G. gilesii and G. smithii being diagnosed on the basis of published information, G. unguiculata Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 on published information and provisionally identified material from the western Pacific. One obscurely diagnosed species, G. wagini Burukovsky, 1990 from the southeastern Pacific, is also redescribed in order to establish its affinities. Lectotypes are designated for G. acuminata Bate, 1888, G. pugnax de Man, 1918, G. assimilis de Man, 1918, G. sibogae de Man, 1918, and G. megalophthalma de Man, 1918. Identification key, separated by sex, is provided. This study reveals that most Glyphocrangon species have restricted geographical ranges, with only G. caecescens occurring in both the western Pacific and Indian oceans. The geographic and bathymetric distributions of the treated species are summarized.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The crangonid genus Lissosabinea Christoffersen, 1988 was established to accommodate two rare deep-water species: Sabinea indica De Man, 1918 and S. tridentata Pequegnat, 1970 (type species). A study of collections made by French expeditions to the western Pacific, supplemented by material from other sources (including types of both known species), has led to a review of the genus. This Study shows that the hypothesis placing Lissosabinea as a sister group of a clade containing three genera: Vercoia, Prionocrangon and Paracrangon, was derived from an insufficient character analysis. Lissosabinea appears most closely related to Sabinea, as suggested by the original generic assignment of the two known species. Lissosabinea maintains full generic status, as the species referred to the genus are clearly differentiated from the three species assigned to Sabinea by a number of morphological characters. Three new species of Lissosabinea are described: L. armata n. sp. from New Caledonia; L. ecarina n. sp. from the Philippines and Indonesia, and L. unispinosa n. sp. from New Caledonia and Tonga. The two known species are redescribed, and L. indica is newly recorded from New Caledonia. The bathymetric and geographic ranges of the species are briefly discussed. A key to the identification of the species of the genus is presented.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

A review of species of the genus Parapontophilus Christoffersen, 1988 (Decapoda, Caridea, Crangonidae) from the world oceans is presented. This Study is based on the large collection obtained during French expeditions in the eastern Atlantic, western Indian, and tropical western and southern Pacific oceans, and on additional material from various museums and institutions in the world. Eighteen species, including ten new species, are divided in two informal species groups, P. gracilis (Smith, 1882) group and P modumanuensis (Rathbun, 1906) group. The first group contains I I species: P. gracilis (type species of the genus), P abyssi (Smith, 1884), P. junceus (Bate, 1888), P. profundus (Bate, 1888), P occidentalis (Faxon, 1893), P talismani (Crosnier & Forest, 1973), P cornutus n. sp., P cyrton n. sp., P difficilis n. sp., P. geminus n. sp. and P. longirostris n. sp. The second group contains seven species: P. modumanuensis (Rathbun, 1906), P. demani (Chace, 1984), P caledonicus n. sp., P. juxta n. sp., P. psyllus n. sp., P. sibogae n. sp. and P. stenorhinus in. sp. Six taxa originally described as full species by their authors and occasionally treated as subspecies, viz. P. gracilis, P abyssi, P. junceus, P. profundus, P occidentalis, and P talismani, are here maintained as full species because of the existence of morphological differences and of the partial overlap of geographical or bathymetrical ranges. All species are diagnosed or rediagnosed, and illustrated. Synonymies of Pontophilus challengeri Ortmann, 1893 with Parapontophilus abyssi and of Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man, 1918 with Parapontophilus junceus were con firmed. A key to aid in the identification of all Parapontophilus species is given, although it should be used with caution because of intraspecific variations exhibited by many of the species. Bathymetrical and geographical distributions of species are also summarized. All but P. sibogae n. sp. are exclusively found at more than 200 in depth, and particularly three species, P. abyssi, P occidentalis, and P talismani, occur at abyssal depths exceeding 3000 m. Parapontophilus sibogae inhabits shallow water, recorded at depth of I I m in the type locality. Two species, P gracilis and P talismani, appear restricted to the Atlantic Ocean, although widely distributed there. Three species, P abyssi, P longirostris n. sp., and P. juxta n. sp. occur in the Indian Ocean; P abyssi is also widely distributed in the Atlantic and P longirostris extends to the central Pacific. Parapontophilus occidentalis appears restricted to the eastern Pacific. Other species are distributed in the range of the western Pacific to French Polynesia.

???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, ???msg.security.private???, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2005, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, ???msg.security.private???

A new Nassarius deep water species is described from the western Pacific. The material was collected during several expeditions of the Museum national d'Histoire nature lie, Paris.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, HALIPRO 1, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, ???msg.security.private???, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Contrary to data in the literature, Nassarrius alomea Kay, 1979, has a much wider distribution than only the Hawaiian Islands. It occurs also in parts of the southwestern Pacific. Nassarius alamen and N. crebricostatus (Schepman, 1911) are shown to be separate species.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

During several expeditions by the Museum National d'Histoire Naturel, Paris, two hereby described deep water species of Nassarius were collected.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

A new deepwater species, Nassarius alabasteroides n. sp., is described from New Caledonia, the Chesterfield Islands and Vanuatu. It has been collected during several expeditions of the MNHN, Paris.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, CHALCAL 1, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8

Six new species of the genus Nassarius Duméril, 1805 are described, based on material collected from the Coral Triangle and the South Pacific. We combine traditional morphology-based descriptions with the molecular (Cytochrome c oxidase I - COI) signature of the new species. New species are: Nassarius ocellatus sp. Nov. (Philippines to Vanuatu), Nassarius houbricki sp. Nov. (Solomon Islands to Queensland and Tonga), Nassarius radians sp. Nov. (Philippines to Vanuatu), Nassarius vanuatuensis sp. Nov. (Vanuatu), Nassarius velvetosus sp. Nov. (Western Australia to Fiji) and Nassarius martinezi sp. Nov. (Solomon Islands to Tonga).

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 6, ???msg.security.private???, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

All new taxa of fossil and living echinoids described from 1971 to 2008 are listed with their age, geographic and stratigraphic occurrence, repository of type material and bibliographic citation.

BIOCAL, MD03 (ICHTYO), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Serpulids typically build cylindrical calcareous tubes attached to hard substrates. Until now, only three serpulid species inhabiting free-lying polygonal tubes were reported from the deep sea: Spirodiscus grimaldii Fauvel, 1909 with quadrangular spirally coiled tubes, Bathyditrupa hovei Kupriyanova, 1993a with quadrangular tusk-shaped tubes, and Ditrupa groenlandica McIntosh, 1877 with octagonal tusk-shaped tubes. Similar free-lying tubes with tetragonal cross-section, both coiled and tusk-shaped, are described from shallow-water Mesozoic deposits as Nogrobs de Montfort, 1808, Tetraserpula Parsch, 1956, Tetraditrupa Regenhardt, 1961, Glandifera Regenhardt, 1961 and Tubulostium Stoliczka, 1868. We have revised deep-sea serpulids with tetragonal (and secondary octagonal) tubes and compared their tube ultrastructures and mineralogies with those of morphologically similar fossils. Revision of the Recent material has revealed six species in five genera: Spirodiscus grimaldii, S. groenlandicus comb. nov., Bathyditrupa hovei, Bathyvermilia gregrousei sp. nov., Hyalopomatus dieteri sp. nov. and Zibrovermilia zibrowii gen. et sp. nov. Comparisons showed significant ultrastructural and mineralogical differences between Recent and Mesozoic species. Similar tetragonal tube morphology of the Recent forms appears to be a result of convergence due to adaptation to similar soft-sediment habitats of the deep sea. None of Recent genera should be synonymised with any fossil genus, and the genus Spirodiscus Fauvel, 1909, previously synonymised with fossil Nogrobs, should be re-instated. However, a huge stratigraphic gap (66 Myr) between the earliest known fossil tetragonal tubes and their Recent counterparts still allows the possibility that such essentially different structures is a result of ultrastructural evolution, a hypothesis that could be verified by discovery and further study of Caenozoic material.

???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, BIOGEOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???

Thirty-two species of Spondylus (Spondylidae) including eight previously undescribed, are recorded from material collected off New Caledonia and adjacent waters. Most of the species live in shallow water in coral reef and lagoonal environments, but at least four species have their main distribution at depths around 200 m, with one species occurring at 700 m. Spondylus exiguus sp. novo is the smallest known species in the family, with a maximum size of 6.4 mm. Spondylus flabellum Reeve, 1856 is placed into the synonymy of S. anacanthus Mawe, 1823. Confusion surrounding usage of the names Spondylus anacanthus and S. sanguineus Dunker, 1852 is finally resolved. The name Spondylus anacanthus, which has previously been applied to S. occidens Sowerby, 1903, is shown to be a prior and validly proposed name for S. sanguineus. Despite being well figured by MAWE, the absence of any documented type material for Spondylus anacanthus necessitates the establishment of a neotype for this species. Lectotypes are designated for Spondylus albibarbatus, S. butleri, S. castus, S. flabellum, S. ocellatus, S. pacificus, S. plurispinosus, and S. rubicundus, all of Reeve, 1856. By First Reviser action, the name Spondylus nicobaricus Schreibers, 1793 is given precedence over S. pseudochama Schreibers, 1793.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Seventeen species of Caprellidea were collected by expeditions to the western Pacific (New Caledonia, Indonesia, and the Philippines). Although none of the species are new to the region, most of them have been reported only rarely. Illustrations and brief descriptions are given.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Twenty six species of brachiopods were dredged in the bathyal area surrounding New-Caledonia and the Chesterfield Islands, from 1985 to 1989, during the cmises BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, 5, 6, SMIB 1, 4, and VOLSMAR. That fauna shows a broad diversity, including 19 genera belonging to 14 families. A new genus {Kanakythyris) and four new species are described {K. pachyrhynchos, Stenosarina globosa, S. lata, Fallax neocaledonensis). Several species are strongly sulcate {Neorhynchia strebeli. Abyssothyris wyvillei, K. pachyrhynchos, Nipponithyris afra), a feature that is usually considered as typical of deep-sea brachiopods. Nevertheless, this feature also occurs in New-Caledonian species at lesser depths. Moreover, in several taxa, size differences between populations or species seem to be related to depth.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Species of the parapagurid genus Strobopagurus Lemaitre, 1989 are reviewed based primarily on abundant specimens obtained during French campaigns across the Indo-Pacific region. A new species, S. breviacus, is described. The genus contains two other species, S. gracilipes (A. Milne-Edwards, 1891), the type of the genus, and S. sibogae (de Saint Laurent, 1972). One taxon, Parapagurus kilburni Kensley, 1973, originally described from off eastern Africa, has been found to be a junior synonym of S. sibogae. An updated diagnosis of the genus, and diagnoses and comparative illustrations of all three species, are presented together with a key to aid in their identification. Information on live coloration is provided for S. gracilipes and S. sibogae; live coloration of S. breviacus is not known.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A review of species of the genus Sympagurus Smith, 1883 (sensu Lemaitre) from the world oceans is presented. The study is based on the rich collections obtained during French campaigns in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, and on additional material in various museums and research institutions throughout the world. The 17 species recognised in this genus occur most frequently between 500 and 1000 m depth, and range from 80 to 2537 m. Some live in striking symbiosis with anthozoan or zoanthid coelenterates that can produce pseudo-shells. Three new species, S. aurantium, S. chani and S. symmetricus, are fully described and illustrated here. Sympagurus rectichela (Zarenkov 1990), a taxon originally described in Parapagurus Smith, 1879, has been found to be a junior synonym of S. dofleini (Balss, 1912); and S. papposus Lemaitre, 1996 is a junior synonym of S. burkenroadi Thompson, 1943. All previously known Sympagurus species are diagnosed or redescribed and illustrated, and data on habitat, symbiotic associations, and coloration are provided. A key to aid in the identification of all Sympagurus species is presented, and their bathymetric and geographic distributions are summarised. The geographic distribution of 14 species (82.3%) includes the Pacific Ocean, 9 (52.9.%) the Indian Ocean, and 3 (1.8%) the Atlantic Ocean. New Caledonia and adjacent islands have the highest number of Sympagurus species in the world, with 12 species known to occur there.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VOLSMAR

A review of the deep-water hermit crab species of the genus Paragiopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 from the world oceans is presented. The core specimen base for this study has come primarily from the abundant collections of species of this genus obtained during French campaigns over the last four decades, and complemented with numerous specimens from many other deep-sea expeditions and deposited in various museum holdings around the world. Paragiopagurus is one of the most speciose genus among the Parapaguridae Smith, 1882, although it is considered a phylogenetically heterogeneous assemblage and does not appear to have an apomorphy of its own. Bathymetrically, the species range in depth from 36 to 2034 m, although they occur most frequently between 200 and 1000 m. The species utilize as housing, gastropod shells (or rarely scaphopod shells, siliceous sponges, or hollow pieces of wood) that may or may not be colonized by actinians or zoanthids. In this review, 24 species are recognized, of which five are new, P. laperousei n. sp., P. orthotenes n. sp., P. oxychelos n. sp., P. trilineatus n. sp., and P. umbonatus n. sp. The new species are fully described and illustrated. All previously known species of the genus are diagnosed or redescribed, and previously published illustrations of important taxonomic characters assembled and complemented, when useful, with new illustrations. The treatment of each species includes a full synonymy, materials examined (type and non-types), colouration, habitat or type of housing used, distribution, and remarks on taxonomy and morphological affinities. Colour photographs are included for 14 of the species. Parapagurus curvispina de Saint Laurent, 1974, a species tentatively moved after its description to Sympagurus Smith, 1883 and then to Paragiopagurus, is herein transferred with certainty to Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996. Parapagurus spinimanus Balss, 1911, a species that had been incorrectly placed in Paragiopagurus, is herein moved to Sympagurus. Parapagurus sculptochela Zarenkov, 1990, a taxon previously considered a junior synonym of Paragiopagurus boletifer (de Saint Laurent, 1972), is herein resurrected as a valid species of Paragiopagurus. The bathymetric and geographic distributions of Paragiopagurus species are summarized and briefly discussed, including a summary table, graph, and map with generalized distribution patterns.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A worldwide taxonomic and distributional synthesis of the deep-water hermit crab genus Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 is presented. This genus, originally defined for 10 species is set apart from other Parapaguridae as well as other Paguroidea, by one synapomorphy: the presence of an upwardly curved epistomial spine. This study is based on a large amount of specimens deposited in major museums and collected during deep-sea sampling across the world oceans since the late 1800s, with the bulk of material coming from French campaigns in the Indo-Pacific, central and south Pacific during the last 40 years. A total of 24 species are recognised in this investigation, nine of which are new and fully described and illustrated. All previously known species are diagnosed or re-described, including figures assembled from recent published accounts or newly illustrated, of the most important morphological features useful for identifi cations. Information for each species includes a synonymy (full or abbreviated if a synonymy has recently been published), material examined (type and non-types), variations when signifi cant, colouration when available, habitat or type of housing used, distribution, and remarks on taxonomy and morphological affinities. Rare colour photographs are included for five species. Species of Oncopagurus range in depth from the Continental Shelf (50 m) to the Continental Rise (2308 m), although they are most commonly found in 50–500 m. Individuals of the majority of species in this genus are minute in size (< 3 mm in shield length), species differ in subtle morphological characters, and often exhibit the same broad morphological variations related to sex and size that has been documented in species of other genera of Parapaguridae. Oncopagurus mironovi Zhadan, 1997, a taxon reported from the Nazca and Sala-y-Gómez Ridges, is considered a junior synonym of the widely distributed O. indicus (Alcock, 1905). The bathymetric and geographic distributions of Oncopagurus species are summarised and briefly discussed, complemented with a summary table, graph, and map with generalised distribution patterns. The scant phylogenetic knowledge of this genus is summarised.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

Most of our knowledge of past seawater temperature history is based on δ18O values of calcium carbonate fossil shells. However, the determination of past temperatures using this proxy requires the knowledge of past seawater δ18O values, which is generally poorly constrained. Other paleothermometers using carbonate archives, such as Mg/Ca ratios and clumped isotopes ( 47), have been developed to allow for paleotemperatures to be estimated independently and to allow past ocean δ18O values to be calculated using various groups of calcifying organisms. Articulated brachiopod shells are some of the most commonly used archives in studies of past oceanic geochemistry and temperature. They are abundant in the fossil record since the Cambrian, and for decades, their low Mg–calcite mineralogy has been considered relatively resistant to diagenetic alteration. Here, we investigate the potential of brachiopod shells as recorders of seawater temperatures and seawater δ18O values using new brachiopod shell geochemical data by testing multiple wellestablished or suggested paleothermometers applied to carbonate archives.

CEAMARC-AA, KARUBENTHOS 2, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 6

Based on the material deposited in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, collected from the Indo-West Pacific, principally from the New Caledonian region, the present paper reports 117 palaemonoid shrimp species, which belong, respectively, to Anchistioididae ( one genus, one species), Gnathophyllidae ( one genus, one species), Palaemonidae Palaemoninae ( seven genera, nine species), and Palaemonidae Pontoniinae ( 30 genera, 106 species), including eight new species. The new species are all Pontoniinae: Mesopontonia brevicarpalis sp. nov., Palaemonella komaii sp. nov., Periclimenes crosnieri sp. nov., Periclimenes forgesi sp. nov., Periclimenes loyautensis sp. nov., Periclimenes paralcocki sp. nov., Periclimenes paraleator sp. nov., and Periclimenes pseudalcocki sp. nov. The last six new species are members of the deep-water "Periclimenes alcocki species complex'', which has more than two ( usually four) pairs of dorsolateral telson spines anterior to the posterior telson margin, the cornea is usually reduced, the dactyl of the major second chela is generally flanged and the chela is sometimes covered with small tubercles. The complex is usually found at more than 200m depth in the West Pacific. The species can be distinguished from each other by the armature of ambulatory propod and dactyl, diameter of cornea, rostrum shape and the number of pairs of dorsolateral telson spines. Mesopontonia brevicarpalis sp. nov., from the southeast coast of Africa, is the seventh species of the genus. Palaemonella komaii sp. nov. is very similar to Palaemonella dolichodactylus Bruce, 1991 and Palaemonella hachijo Okuno, 1999. These three species share the features of very long and slender ambulatory pereiopods with the dactyl more than eight times longer than its basal depth and with several long setae on the dorsal dactylar margin.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???

Recent advancements in deep-sea expeditions have made possible to sample adequate quantities of deep-sea organisms over wide geographical ranges for population genetic studies. Scalpellum stearnsii is a common stalked barnacle that occurs in the mesobenthic environment (>200 m depth) throughout the West Pacific Ocean and covers several major deep-sea basins. The present study examined the diversity and genetic differentiation of S. stearnsii populations from the East China Sea, West Philippine Basin, Sulu Sea, and Caroline Trenches. Mo­ lecular analyses based on partial sequences of the mitochondrial gene COI and nuclear gene H3 revealed four distinct clades of S. stearnsii—SS, CF1, CF2, and CF3—with distinct species-level pairwise divergences among the clades. SS (representing S. stearnsii, based on morphological comparison with holotype) is mainly present in the East China Sea and the Philippine Basin, CF1 is present in the East China Sea, CF2 is present in the Sulu Sea, and CF3 is exclusively present in the Caroline Trench (Southwest Pacific Ocean). Deep genetic differentiation be­ tween the northern (SS and CF1) and southern clades (CF2 and CF3) was estimated to have occurred around 33 million years ago, and the eastward-flowing Equatorial Undercurrent (100–200 m) and oxygen minimum zone (300–400 m) are the putative barriers to gene flow. The timing is concordant with reported diversification events in both shallow- and deep-water organisms during the Oligocene and Miocene periods. This cross-ocean, -taxon, and -habitat divergence time suggests speciation driven by global-scale events. Recent size expansion likely occurred in all the four clades and subsequent populations, predating the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM). The persistence of mesobenthic deep-sea barnacles through the temperature fluctuation at the LGM can be a common pattern.

BATHUS 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Leptohelia flexibilis gen. nov. et sp. nov., the first stylasterid with a combined calcified and non-calcified skeleton, is described from seamounts and the slope off the islands of New Caledonia, in the southwestern Pacific. The new species is distinguished from all other species of the family Stylasteridae by having a non-calcified organic axis, internal to the basal portion of the calcified corallum. The internal axis is flexible and enclosed by a series of up to 10 calcified annuli, allowing passive lateral bending of the colony. Molecular phylogenetic analyses confirm that Leptohelia flexibilis is a stylasterid coral and reveal that the species is closely related to Leptohelia microstylus comb. nov., a southwestern Pacific stylasterid that lacks an internal axis.

BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2

This book describes taxa of cowries, some of which are new to science; others have to date been known only by taxonomically invalid forma-names: valid species: aenigma, colligata, deforgesi. New species by revision and promoting of rank: valid species: aenigma, colligata, deforgesi. New species by revision and lifting of rank: boucheti, gilvella, johnsonorum. New subspecies: caurica samoensis, citrina dauphinensis, coronata debruini, decipiens suprasinum, exmouthensis abrolhoensis, e. magnifica, jeaniana thalamega, katsuae guidoi, maculifera martybealsi, m. scindata, mappa admirabilis, teramachii polyphemus, langfordi cavatoensis, stolida brianoi, subteres violacincta, teres janae, and new subspecies by taxonomic validation: bregeriana pervelata, cinerea brasilensis, connelli peelae, cribraria australiensis, exmouthensis rottnestensis, fimbriata marquesana, fuscodentata grohorum, f sphaerica, mappa aliwalensis, pellucens panamensis, porteri nigromaculata, rosselli latistoma, r. satiata, scurra mundula, teramachii neocaledonica. Taxonomically valid names of other authors are elevated to species rank: exmouthensis, geographica, pellucens, and in some cases, to subspecies rank: cribraria zadela, fuscorubra gondwanalandensis, teres alveolus. Some genera and species-complexes are discussed in detail: the Leporicypraea mappacomplex, some species of the deep-water genus Nesiocypraea, the Western Australian members of Cribrarula, the genus Cypraeovula and its zoogeography, Erronea caurica and its subspecies, and the Blasicrura (Talostolida) teres species-complex. The distributions of all new taxa and related species-complexes are shown. In an illustrated checklist, all species, subspecies and commonly used forma-names of the living Cypraeidae are listed, including the new species and subspecies described herein.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

There are currently 20 lysianassoid amphipod species known from the tropical western South Pacific Ocean. We report on 32 species from the area, including one new genus (Coriolisa) and 19 new species (Aristias thio, A. uokonia, Bathyamaryllis ouvea, Clepidecrella tropicalis, Coriolisa novacaledonia, Cyphocaris bellona, Hippomedon vao, Kerguelenia koutoumo, K. lifou, Lepidepecreella sarcelle, Onesimoides abyssalis, Socarnes rurutu, S. tiendi, S. tuscarora, Socarnopsis honiara, S. tandai, Trischizostoma richeri, Tryphosella ama and T. oupi). This brings the total species known from the area to 46.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The uristid genus Ichnopus is revised and Glycerina included in its synonymy. A key is provided to the world species. Ichnopus pelagicus Schellenberg, I. pseudoserricrus Ledoyer, I. serricrus Walker, I. spinicornis Boeck, I. taurus Costa, (type species), I. tenuicornis (Haswell), I. teretis (Andres) and I. woodmasoni (Giles) are redescribed. The new species I. annasona, I. capricornus, I. caritus, I. comorensis, I. cribensis, I. malpatun, I. parriwi and I. wardi are described. Ichnopus nossibeensis Ledoyer is considered to be a synonym of I. pelagicus. Ichnopus macrobetomma Stebbing is considered to be an unrecognisable species. Two species groups are recognised: the I. spinicornis group, in which the ischium and carpus of gnathopod 1 are long and most species are pelagic, probably micropredators; and the I. taurus group, in which the ischium and carpus of gnathopod 1 are very long and most species are demersal scavengers. Ichnopus is considered to be . A tropical to warm temperate Indo-Pacific genus with some remnants in the Mediterranean and the eastern North Atlantic Ocean. The most primitive species in both groups are found in the Mediterranean Sea and the eastern North Atlantic. It appears that the modern genus had its origins in the old Tethyan fauna.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, ???msg.security.private???, SMCB

The first Recent species of Eumitra are described from deep-water in the New Caledonian region : E. caledonica sp. nov. (Southern New Caledonia), E. apheles sp. nov. (Northern New Caledonia), E. imbucata sp. nov. (Coral Sea, Lansdowne-Fairway) and E. richeri sp. nov. (Coral Sea, Mellish Reef). A SEM photograph of the radula is included. Fossil Eumitra are restricted to lower Miocene of New Zealand and Miocene/Pliocene of Australia. Dispersal is advocated to explain Eumitra distribution. For the first time fossil species from Upper Oligocene of Aquitaine Basin (Southwestern France) are referred to Charitodoron. Anatypical member of the Mitridae : C. tau:ini sp. Nov. And C. cancellatus (Saubade, 1969). The three Recent Charitodoron are confined to the bathyal zone of South Africa, fossil Oligocene species have been collected from a bathyal palaeocommunity. In spite of columellar similarities, peculiar development of columellar folds (Eumitra) or edentulous columella (Charitodoron), these two genera are probably not closely related. In a paleobiogeographic discussion two key events are cited to explain the beginning of many marine disjunctions : Upper Eocene/Lower Oligocene crisis and closing of Tethys in Upper Oligocene/Lower Miocene.

BIOCAL, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SMIB 8

Unravelling the evolutionary history of taxa requires solid delimitation of the traits characterising these. This can be challenging especially in groups with a highly complex taxonomy. The squat lobster family Munididae contains more than 450 species distributed among 21 genera, Munida being the most speciose (~300 species). Previous phylogenetic studies, based on a small part of the diversity of the group, have suggested polyphyletic origins for Munida and the paraphyly of Munididae. Here, we use an integrative approach based on multi-locus phylogenies (two mito­ chondrial and three nuclear markers) paired with 120 morphological characters, to resolve taxonomic and evolutionary relationships within Munididae. Our study covers ~60% of the family’s known diversity (over 800 specimens of 291 species belonging to 19 of the 21 genera collected from the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific oceans). Using this information, we confirm the validity of most genera, proposing new ones in cases where the genetic analyses are compatible with morphological characters. Four well-defined munidid clades were recovered, suggesting that new genera should be erected in the currently recognised Munididae (three for the genus Agononida and eleven in Munida), and the genus Grimothea is resurrected. A key to all genera of the family is presented. Molecular clock estimates and ancestral biogeographic area recon­ structions complement the taxonomic profiles and suggest some explosive diversification within Munididae during the Cretaceous and the Palaeogene. Further anagenetic events and narrow sympatry accounting for changes in distribution indicate a more limited dispersal capacity than previously considered. Our study unravels how diversification may occur in deep waters and further highlights the importance of the integrative approach in accurately delineating species in understanding the history of a family and the factors driving the evolution.

CALSUB, KANACONO, KANADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 5, TERRASSES

Fifteen species of galatheid crustaceans belonging to the genus Munida Leach, 1820 are reported from the Philippines and Indonesia. Six of these species are described as new : M. analoga, M. gilii, M. minuta, M. parvula, M. pusiola and M. sacksi.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988, collected in the Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia, have been studied. The collection contains 12 species, seven of which are described as new : P. belone, P. evexa, P. pictura, P. polita, P. pronoe, P. stichas, and P. thalie. An identification key for all of the species of the genus is provided.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

A large collection of species of the genus Munida has been examined and found to contain 56 undescribed species. The specimens examined were caught mainly off New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Loyalty Islands, Matthew and Hunter Islands. Several samples from Kiribati, the Philippines and Indonesia have also been included. The specimens were collected between 6 and 2 049 m. Some species previously known in the area (Af. Gracilis, M. haswelli, M. microps, M. spinicordata and M. tubercidata) have been illustrated. These results point up the high diversity of this genus in the region and the importance of several characters in species identification (e.g., size and number of lateral spines on the carapace, ornamentation of the thoracic sternites, size of antennular and antennal spines, colour pattern).

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Sixty-six species of the genus Munidopsis have been studied using specimens collected during numerous French expeditions carried out in the last decades in the deep-waters of the southwest Indian and southwest Pacific Oceans, between 140 and 4400 m. Twenty-five new species are described, and the diagnoses and illustrations of some relatively rare species (M. africana, M. debilis, M. lenzii, M. moresbyi, M. orcina, M. sinclairi, M. stylirostris and M. wardeni) are provided. The reestablishment of the genus Galacantha is proposed, including the descriptions/diagnoses and a key to all species. The genus contains nine species, including three new species (G. bellis, G. diomedeae, G. quiquei n. sp., G. rostrata, G. spinosa, G. subrostrata n. sp., G. subspinosa n. sp., G. trachynotus and G. valdiviae). The number of species collected by station is very small (usually one species), probably related to their low densities. However, in some samples, as many as five species have been found. The highest number of species have been observed in the Banda Sea (Indonesia) and Solomon Islands. The new records of some species greatly extend the previously known distribution range of the species.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, VOLSMAR, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???

We analyzed the distribution patterns of the galatheid squat lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae) of the Pacific Ocean. We used the presence/absence data of 402 species along the continental slope and continental rise (200-2000 m) obtained from 54 cruises carried out in areas around the Philippines, Indonesia, Solomon, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Tonga, Wallis and Futuna and French Polynesia. The total number of stations was ca. 3200. We also used published data from other expeditions carried out in the Pacific waters, and from an exhaustive search of ca. 600 papers on the taxonomy and biogeography of Pacific species. We studied the existence of biogeographic provinces using multivariate analyses, and present data on latitudinal and longitudinal patterns of species richness, rate of endemism and the relationship between body sizes with the size of the geographic ranges. Latitudinal species richness along the Western and Eastern Pacific exhibited an increase from higher latitudes towards the Equator. Longitudinal species richness decreased considerably from the Western to the Central Pacific. Size frequency distribution for body size was strongly shifted toward small sizes and endemic species were significantly smaller than non-endemics. This study concludes that a clear separation exists between the moderately poor galatheid fauna of the Eastern Pacific and the rich Western and Central Pacific faunas. Our results also show that the highest numbers of squat lobsters are found in the Coral Sea (Solomon-Vanuatu-New Caledonia islands) and Indo-Malay-Philippines archipelago (IMPA). The distribution of endemism along the Pacific Ocean indicates that there are several major centres of diversity, e.g. Coral Sea, IMPA, New Zealand and French Polynesia. The high proportion of endemism in these areas suggests that they have evolved independently. (C) 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, TERRASSES

During two cruises to Vanuatu, MUSORSTOM 8 (September-October 1994) and SANTO 2006 (September-October 2006), numerous specimens of deep-sea galatheids belonging to the genus Galathea Fabricius, 1793 were collected. The specimens were caught at stations at depths between 180 and 702 m. These collections contain five new species (G. barbellata n. sp., G. echinata n. sp., G. profunda n. sp., G. raventosae n. sp. and G. sanctae n. sp.), all of which are also found in other collections obtained by French cruises to New Caledonia. Galathea barbellata n. sp., G. echinata n. sp. and G. profunda n. sp. are closely related to G. robusta Baba, 1990, from Madagascar, G. raventosae n. sp. resembles G. consobrina De Man, 1902, from Indonesia, the Philippines, South China Sea and SW Australia, and G. sanctae n. sp. is very close to G. multilineata Balss, 1913, from Japan, East China Sea, Taiwan and the Philippines.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BOA0, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

The genus Galathea is one of the most speciose and unwieldy groups in the family Galatheidae. The examination of more than 9000 specimens of 144 species collected in the Indian and Pacific Oceans using morphological and molecular characters, has revealed the existence of 92 new species. The specimens examined during this study were obtained by various French expeditions supplemented by other collections from various sources, and including the type specimens of some previously described species. Most of the new species are distinguished by subtle but constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences of the mitochondrial markers COI and/or 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species and redescribe some previously described species for which earlier accounts are not sufficiently detailed for modern standards. Furthermore we include a dichotomous identification key to all species in the genus from the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, ???msg.security.private???, CORINDON 2, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, ???msg.security.private???, RAPA 2002, ???msg.security.private???, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, TERRASSES

A phylogenetic analysis of 11 taxa and 31 characters resulted in a single most parsimonious tree that supports monophyly of the goniasterid genera Iconaster and Glyphodiscus. Four new species, Glyphodiscus magnificus n. sp., Glyphodiscus pentagonalis n. sp., Iconaster uchelbeluuensis n. sp., and Iconaster vanuatuensis n. sp., are described and two species are synonymized. At least three species within the genus Iconaster appear to have invaded shallower water from a deeper-water ancestry. Glassy tubercles, similar to those interpreted as photoreceptors in ophiuroids and other goniasterids, are present in the shallow-water Iconaster clade. Glassy tubercles are largely absent in the deeper-water sister and outgroup taxa, suggesting their occurrence is related to photic zone or shallow-water occupation. Biogeographic patterns as presently known suggest that diversification in Iconaster and Glyphodiscus has been restricted to the central and south Pacific regions.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

Morphology-based phylogenetic hypotheses developed for living and fossil goniasterid asteroids have provided several unique opportunities to study bathymetric and biogeographic shifts for an ecologically important group of prominent, megafaunal invertebrates. A cladistic analysis of 18 ingroup taxa employing 65 morphological characters resulted in a single most parsimonious tree. The tree supports assignment of the Atlantic Tosia parva (Perrier, 1881) and the Pacific Tosia queenslandensis Livingstone, 1932 to new, separate genera. The phylogenetic tree supports offshore to onshore bathymetric shifts between basal and derived taxa. The phylogeny is also consistent with historical events surrounding the separation of Antarctica from Australia and South Africa. Buterminaster Blake & Zinsmeister, 1988 from the Eocene La Meseta Formation, Antarctic Peninsula, was included in the phylogenetic analysis and is now supported as the only fossil species in the genus Pentagonaster Gray, 1840. Pentagonaster stibarus H. L. Clark, 1914 is separated from synonymy with P. dubeni Gray, 1847 and resurrected as a valid species. The new genus, Akelbaster, gen. nov., shows unusual new structures that resemble cribiform organs, although their function has not been determined. One specific ingroup lineage, including Tosia and Pentagonaster, attains a much larger adult size than those of its sister-taxa, suggesting that Cope’s rule may apply to asteroids within this clade. Pentagonaster and related genera are revised. Descriptions of four new genera and three new species are presented, including: Akelbaster novaecaledoniae, gen. nov., sp. nov., Ryukuaster onnae, gen. nov., sp. nov., Eknomiaster beccae, sp. nov., Pawsonaster parvus, gen. nov., comb. nov. and Anchitosia queenslandensis, gen. nov., comb. nov.

BATHUS 3, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

ATIMO VATAE, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Recent expeditions to Rapa Nui (also known as Easter Island) and New Caledonia have revealed undescribed species from mesophotic and deeper depths. This includes three new species from Rapa Nui, Hacelia raaraa, Linckia profunda (Ophidiasteridae), Uokeaster ahi (Asterodiscididae) and two new species from New Caledonia, Astroglypha pyramidata n. gen. and Ophidiaster colossus (Ophidiasteridae). The new genus Astroglypha is described for A. pyramidata but the genus also includes the Atlantic Tamaria passiflora, which is reassigned herein. Pauliastra n. gen. is designated as a replacement for the homonym issue with Pauliella. New occurrences and synonymies are addressed for taxa related to New Caledonia, Rapa Nui and adjacent regions. A morphology based phylogenetic analysis agrees with prior work which placed Goniaster among the Asterodiscididae and posits biogeographic relationships among asterodiscidid genera. Implications for the Goniasteridae and placement of Goniaster among asterodiscidid genera are discussed. Biogeography and relationships among taxa from Rapa Nui and New Caledonia are reviewed. In situ observations from species observed from Rapa Nui are included.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KANADEEP, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, ???msg.security.private???, SMIB 4

Cecidocarcinus zibrowii sp. nov., the first Indo-West Pacific representative of a genus erected for a species from the Walvis Ridge, southwestern Atlantic Ocean, is described from a specimen collected at a depth of 425 to 440 meters during the MUSORSTOM 4 Cruise to New Caledonia in 1985.

MUSORSTOM 4

In the first account of bopyrid isopods from New Caledonia, 7 species, all from new host species in the caridean shrimp families Palaemonidae and Alpheidae, are recorded. Previously described species are Schizobopyrina andamanica (Chopra, 1932) and Filophryxus dorsalis Bruce, 1972. Herein described are Bopyrinina paucimaculata sp. Nov., Eriphrixus obesus gen. Nov., sp. Nov. Metaphrixus rastriferis sp. Nov. And Mediophrixus pinuum gen. Nov., sp. Nov. A final species was unsuitable for identification or description.

BIOCAL, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 2

BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

The genus Kaiparathina Laws, 1941, referred to the trochid subfamily Margaritinae in a new tribe, Kaiparathinini.: the type species of Kaiparathina, K. praecellens Laws, 1941 (Early Miocene, New zealand) is illustrated, Calliotrochus navakaensis Ladd, 1982 (Pleistocene, Vanuatu) is referred to the genus, and the following new recent species are described: K Boucheti and K Vaubani (New Caledonia), K coriolis (northern Lord Howe Rise), K fasciata (southern Norfolk Ridge), K daedala (Réunion). Kaiparathina senex sp. nov.is based on a specimen from the Late Paleocene-Early Eocene of the Chatham Islands, New Zealand.Kaiparathina species have an extremely distinctive radular morphology and are unique among archaeogastropods in having large, clearly delineated zones of unknown function on each side between the epipodial fringe and the sole. They are evidently sponge-feeders.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

Thirty species (27 new) of Calliostomatidae are recorded from the study region, all but two of which are new records. An additional new species is based on material from northern New Zealand. They are referred to Fautor Iredale, 1924, Benthastelena Iredale, 1936, Ampullotrochus Monterosato, 1890 (as subgenera of Calliostoma Swainson, 1840), Bathyfautor gen. nov., Dactylastele gen. nov., Laetifautor Iredale, 1929, Selastele gen. nov., Fautrix gen. nov., and Thysanodonta Marshall, 1988. A new tribe, Fautricini, is introduced for species with a radula that is evidently the most primitive (plesiomorphic) in the family, and Fautricini either represents the common basal stock or an early offshoot from it. Calliostomatidae is treated as a family within Trochoidea rather than a subfamily of Trochidae as has been traditional. Three calliostomatid genus group taxa are newly synonymised: Tristichotrochus Ikebe, 1942 ( = Benthastelena Iredale, 1936), Salsipotens Iredale, 1924 (= Astele Swainson, 1840), Spicator Cotton & Godfrey, 1935 ( = Laetifautor Iredale, 1929). Criteria used for taxonomic discrimination, evolutionary history, and some biogeographical observations are discussed. All calliostomatid genus group taxa and taxa removed (some newly) from the family are listed in appendices. A lectotype is designated for Zizyphinus scobinatus A. Adams, 1863.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 3

As a result ot procedural omission during preparation of a recent paper (Marshall, 1995), I overlooked the fact that a specific epithet chosen for a new Calliostoma species was already in use by Quinn (1992).

CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

Neomerinthe ignea (Scorpaenidae), a new species of scorpionfish from the western Pacific Ocean, previously confused with Neomerinthe erostris (Alcock 1896), is described. The new species is characterized by the following combination of characteristics: body size less than about 90 mm standard length (SL); lateral lacrimal and second preopercular spines present; usually a distinct longitudinal ridge on lateral surface of maxilla; usually 18 pectoral-fin rays; 37–42 longitudinal series scale rows; pored lateral-line scales 23–25; scale rows above lateral line 4–6, below lateral line 9–11, between sixth dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5 or 6, and between last dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5–7; usually 6 upper gill rakers, 9–16 lower gill rakers (8–10 and 0–7 rakers on ceratohyal and hypobranchial, respectively); numerous cycloid scales on ventral body surface between isthmus and posterior to pelvic fin; 1st dorsal-fin ray length 14.7–19.1% of SL, 2nd dorsal-fin ray length 14.6–18.9% of SL, 3rd dorsal-fin ray length 15.6–18.9% of SL, 4th dorsal-fin ray length 15.2–19.1% of SL, and 5th dorsal-fin ray length 14.2–19.5% of SL; body bright orange to reddish-white when fresh; body and pectoral fins pale yellowish, with indistinct blotches on lateral body surface when preserved. A molecular genetic analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c oxidase subunit I showed that the new species formed a clade distinct from congeneric species. In addition, records of N. erostris, a species similar to N. ignea, are reviewed, and additional specimens from northern Australia noted.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A taxonomic review of five scorpaenid nominal species included in the Neomerinthe bucephalus species group [Neomerinthe amplisquamiceps (Fowler 1938), Neomerinthe bucephalus (Alcock 1896), Neomerinthe kaufmani (Herre 1952), Neomerinthe megalepis (Fowler 1938), and Neomerinthe procurva Chen 1981], characterized by a lateral lacrimal spine, recognized four to be valid (N. amplisquamiceps, N. bucephalus, N. kaufmani, and N. megalepis), with N. procurva regarded as a junior synonym of N. bucephalus. A lectotype was designated for N. bucephalus in this study. The valid species, supported by a molecular analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c Oxidase subunit I, can also be identified from combinations of the following characteristics: numbers of pectoral-fin rays, scale rows in the longitudinal series, scale rows below the lateral line, and scale rows between the sixth dorsal-fin spine and lateral line, eleventh dorsal-fin spine length, caudal-peduncle length and depth, and body coloration. In addition, the new species Neomerinthe harenartis is described based on four specimens collected from Vanuatu. This species, also bearing a lateral lacrimal spine, is distinguished from other Indo-Pacific Neomerinthe by having 19 pectoral-fin rays, 47 or 48 scale rows in the longitudinal series, 6 or 7 scale rows above the lateral line, and body depth 31.0–32.8% of SL, and lacking a second preopercular spine. A key to species in the N. bucephalus species group is given.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6

Two new perchlet species (Perciformes: Serranidae), Chelidoperca pulchella [3 specimens, 58.8–70.4 mm standard length (SL)] and Chelidoperca pollux (3 specimens, 68.1–72.3 mm SL), are described from Okinawa Island, Ryukyu Islands, Japan and Nha Trang Bay, Vietnam, respectively. Both new species are morphologically similar to Chelidoperca flavimacula Psomadakis, Gon and Htut 2021, described from the northern Andaman Sea, but can be readily distinguished from other congeners by the presence of many yellow spots on the anal fin, and three [2 full-sized and 1 (uppermost) half-sized] scales from the dorsal-fin base mid-point to the lateral line. However, the former differ primarily from C. flavimacula in having fewer yellow spots on the anal fin (2 or 3 spots on each membrane between the 3rd to 6th soft rays in the new species vs. 3 or 4 in C. flavimacula), and a single row of mandibular scales extending anteriorly from the angular onto the ventral surface of the dentary (vs. scales restricted to the angular in C. flavimacula). Chelidoperca pulchella is readily distinguished from C. pollux, the former having interorbital scales extending anteriorly beyond the mid-orbit (vs. ending at the mid-orbit), a deeper body (depth at pelvic-fin origin 25.8–26.4% of SL vs. 23.5–24.1% of SL), longer head (length 39.0–39.4% of SL vs. 35.6–36.3% of SL), larger eyes (orbit diameter 13.5–14.1% of SL vs. 11.0–11.7% of SL), and longer pectoral fins (length 27.8–29.8% of SL vs. 24.7–26.4% of SL). Since mitochondrial COI sequences from the type specimens of C. pulchella closely matched that of a specimen from the Philippines, the species may have a widespread distribution on the upper continental slope from the Ryukyu Islands to the Philippines.

EBISCO, KANADEEP, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, TERRASSES

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

This paper reports upon the snake eels collected by trawl during the 1985 MUSORSTOM 4 New Caledonia Expedition. The 14 specimens comprised five new ophichthid taxa which are described herein: Ophichthus exounis sp. nov. from 400-520 m (also from Fiji); O. genie sp. nov. from 430-500 m (also from Maldives); O. mystacinus sp. nov. from 450-580 m; Yirrkala insolitus sp. nov. from 59 m; and Rhinophichthus penicillatus gen. et sp. nov. from 435 m. The dorsal fin location of the new species of Yirrkala provides an expanded character state within the genus. Rhinophichthus differs from other generalized ophichthins in its very conical snout, and includes Ophichthys unicolor Regan from South Africa. The affinities of the new taxa are with Indo-west Pacific ophichthids, however the collections are too few to allow significant conclusions about the bathyal ophichthid fauna of the region.

MUSORSTOM 4

The very interesting and rather specialized hermit crab genera Porcellanopagurus and Solitariopagurus are represented in collections from the MUSORSTOM cruises to New Caledonia and the Marquesas by four species of the former and three of the latter. Among the species of Porcellanopagurus, three species, P. tridentatus Whitelegge, P. filholi de Saint Laurent & McLaughlin, and P. chiltoni de Saint Laurent & McLaughlin have heretofore been reported only from Australia and New Zealand; P. haptodactylus sp. nov. is a distinctive species, new to science. Solitariopagurus triprobulus Poupin& McLaughlin is reported for the first time beyond the islands of French Polynesia, and the range of S. tuerkayi McLaughlin is extended from the Kai and Tanimbar Island of Indonesia to New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Okinawa. A new species, S. trullirostris sp. nov., is described from New Caledonia and the Marquesas. The similarities and differences of the two new genera are elucidated, and an apparently rare attribute, a terminal anus, common to some species of both is discussed. The new species are fully described and illustrated, while diagnoses and illustrations of principal diagnostic characters are provided for the previously described species. Keys to the Indo- and western Pacific species of Porcellanopagurus and to the genus Solitariopagurus are included.

BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

The hermit crab genus Nematopagurus, erected by A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier (1892) for a single Atlantic species, has vastly larger reported representation in the Indo-Pacific region. However, the majority of species have been described on the basis of one or only a few specimens. The Musorstom expeditions to the south central Pacific and Philippine Islands, supplemented by the surveys of the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross in Hawaiian, Philippine and Japanese waters, have provided not only a substantial amount of new material, but sufficient representation of most described species to permit the evaluation of intraspecific morphological variation. As a result, although five new species have been recognized, three recently described species have proven to be junior synonyms of previously known, but poorly represented, species. Nematopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin & Hogarth and N. pilosus Komai are synonymous with N. gardineri Alcock, while N. shinnyoae Komai is synonymous with N. kosiensis McLaughlin. The range of N. diadema Lewinsohn, reported previously from the Red Sea, the eastern coast of South Africa, and the South China Sea, has been extended to Fiji, while that of N. meiringae McLaughlin, known from eastern South Africa and the South and East China Seas, has been extended to the Philippine Islands. Nematopagurus kosiensis McLaughlin, previously known only from eastern South Africa has been found not only in Japanese waters, but also as far east as the Hawaiian Islands. Species identified by several authors as N. squamichelis Alcock and N. muricatus (Henderson) have been reexamined and correctly reassigned to other taxa. Descriptions and illustrations are presented for all species, together with a key for their recognition.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

A new species in each of two recently proposed genera are described and illustrated: Alainopaguroides megalophthalmus n. sp., Icelopagurus undulatus n. sp. The new species assignable to Alainopaguroides McLaughlin expands the range of this genus from the Kai and Tanimbar Islands of Indonesia and the Andaman Sea to New Caledonia. Similarly, the discovery of a new and readily recognizable species belonging to the heretofore monotypic Icelopagurus McLaughlin extends the distribution of this genus from Indonesia to New Caledonia. The diagnoses of both genera have been emended slightly to accommodate the interspecific variation exhibited by the taxa now included.

CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

A new species of the distinctive hermit crab genus Pteropagurus McLaughlin & Rahayu, 2006, P spinulocarpus n. sp., is described and illustrated, bringing to three the number of species found to occupy empty pteropod mollusc shells. This new species is distinguished from other members of the genus by the presence of spines on the dorsal margins of the carpi of the ambulatory legs and by the absence of corneous spines on the ventral margins of the dactyls of these appendages. Additionally, a new genus and species, Dentalopagurus levii n. gen., n. sp. is described and illustrated based on three male specimens collected during explorations south of the Isle of Pines, New Caledonia. This new genus differs from other scaphopod dwelling genera and species in having well developed, paired male sexual tubes.

BIOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The ranges of two species of the hermit crab genus Turleania McLaughlin, 1997, T. multispina McLaughlin, 1997 and T. senticosa (McLaughlin & Haig, 1996), heretofore known from the Philippine Islands and Indonesia, are extended to include the New Caledonia economic zone. Because the latter species has proved to be the senior subjective synonym of T. similis Komai, 1999, the range of T. senticosa also now includes the Ogasawara Islands of Japan. A new species, Turleania boucheti n. sp., is described and illustrated from materials collected in the New Caledonia and Wallis and Futuna economic zones.

BIOCAL, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, ???msg.security.private???

Additional materials of two species of the recently described pagurid genus Pteropagurus McLaughlin & Rahayu, 2006 have required an emendation of the genus. These have also provided the information needed to supplement the original species descriptions, including the unusual morphology of the male of P. spina McLaughlin & Rahayu, 2006 and the sexual dimorphism and variability found in P. spinulocarpus McLaughlin, 2007. Brief data on the larval development in Pteropagurus have been gleaned from zoeae prematurely hatched from one female of P. spinulocarpus. What heretofore had been considered a unique habitat for species of this genus, i.e. empty shells of a pelagic pteropod, was found to also provide carcinoecia for Catapagurus spinicarpus de Saint Laurent & McLaughlin, 2000, a species previously known only from its female holotype collected in the Kermadec Islands of New Zealand. Th e male of this species is described and species’ variability and dimorphic attributes are assessed. Consideration is given to the question of habitat choice and the morphological adaptations required for use of the unusual carcinoecia.

BIOCAL, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

A new classification is presented based on the results of the recently completed cladistic analysis of the Pylochelidae. The subfamilies Pylochelinae and Pomatochelinae are retained, the latter with the genera Pylocheles and Cheiroplatea; however, the subgenera Xylocheles and Bathycheles are elevated to generic rank together with the nominal subgenus Pylocheles. In addition, one new species, B. phenax, is described in Bathycheles and B. profundus is shown to be conspecific with B. integer. The subfamilies Parapylochelinae, Cancellochelinae, Trizochelinae, and Mixtopagurinae are reduced to ranks of tribes and included in the subfamily Trizochelinae. A new genus Forestocheles is proposed in the tribe Trizochelini. Within the genus Trizocheles, subspecific rank for T. spinosus bathamae is deemed unjustified and this taxon is placed in synonymy with the nominal subspecies T spinosus spinosus. The correct identity of Trizocheles balssi is established and the species mistakenly thought to represent that taxon is described as T. hoensonae, new species. Trizocheles gracilis is found to be conspecific with T. boasi and an additional new species, T. mendanai, is added to the genus. The superfamilial ranks of Cheiroplateoidea, Pomatocheloidea, Pylocheloidea, and Cancellocheloidea proposed by Watabe (2007) are rejected, as is Birgusoidea.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Although this paper concerns a large collection of dromiid crabs from the Philippine Islands and New Caledonia, with a few specimens from Indonesia and Hawaii, the opportunity is taken to review and revise most of the genera of the Dromiidae. The basis of the revision involves a much wider range of characters than have been used before. Excessive emphasis on the nature of the female sternal grooves is abandoned, and more attention is paid to relative dimensions and ornamentation of the carapace, arrangement of spines on and around the dactyli of all the legs, fusion of the last two segments of the abdomen, and size of the uropod plates. A new set of characters describing the second antenna and the male abdominal locking mechanism are also used. The impxDrtance of the cheliped epipod character is discussed and is shown to be variable in some genera. A total of 28 genera are defined or redefined and a key to their identification is provided, along with keys to the identification of 99 species in these genera. The following genera are restricted and/or redefined : Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile, 1903, Dromia Weber, 1795, Dromidia Stimpson, 1858, Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1900, Epigodromia (a replacement name for Epidromia Kossmann, 1818, which is preoccupied), Homalodromia Miers, 1884, Paradromia Balss, 1921, Petalomera Stimpson, 1858, and Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858, resulting in the creation of 10 new genera. Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880, Conchoecetes Stimpson, 1858, Epipedodromia Andre, 1932, Eudromidia Barnard, 1947, Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905, Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954, Hypoconcha Guerin-M6neville, 1854, Speodromia Barnard, 1947, and Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, remain unmodified. After the elimination of many synonyms and together with the new material described herein, the Dromiidae now includes 29 genera and 109 species. The generic revision has major implications for the dromiid crabs of, not only the Philippines and New Caledonia but also, the rest of the Indo-Pacific region, Australia, South Africa, and the Atlantic. Until now only six species of dromiid crabs were known from New Caledonia and the Philippine Islands. This number is increased to 29 species belonging to 13 genera. The most common species are Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb., Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884, Cryptodromia coronata Stimpson, 1858, Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984, and Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb. Most of these dromiids come from shallow water, less than 100 m, and the maximum number of sp)ecies occurs in the depth interval of 30-60 m. The greatest depth of 437 m is shown by Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. There is a large range of body size from a few millimetres, for Homalodromia coppingeri, to around 200 mm CW, for Dromia dormia. Egg size ranges from 0.4 mm to 1.1 mm diameter but there is no evidence of direct development amongst these dromiids. The apparent biogeographic affinities of the dromiids from New Caledonia and the Philippines are, in decreasing order, with Japan, Indian Ocean, Indonesia, and Australia. The apparent affinity with Japan may well be an artifact of more intensive collecting. The most wide ranging species are Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906), Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763), D. wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov. comb., Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Riippell, 1830) nov. comb., Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888, and C. fallax (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb. These species also represent the most wide ranging genera. The collection of species largely consists of widely distributed species typical of an island fauna.

BERYX 2, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

The Dynomenidae are a group of small, uncommon, primitive crabs, which are often associated with corals. They inhabit depths down to around 500 m, between latitudes 40°N and 40°S. All genera and species are revised and redescribed, and the genus Dynomene Desmarest, 1823 is divided into two additional genera. As a result, there are thirteen known species belonging to five genera: Dynomene Desmarest, 1823 [D. hispida Guérin-Méneville, 1832, D. praedator A. Milne Edwards, 1879, D. pugnatrix de Man, 1889, D. filholi Bouvier, 1894, and D. pilumnoides Alcock, 1900], Hirsutodynomene gen. nov. [H. spinosa (Rathbun, 1911), and H. ursula (Stimpson, li>60)], Metadynomene gen. nov. [Ai. devaneyi (Takeda, 1977), M. tanensis (Yokoya, 1933), and M. crosnieri sp. nov.], Acanlliodromia A. Milne Edwards, 1880 [A. erinacea A. Milne Edwards, 1880, and A. margarita (Alcock, 1899)], and Paradynomene Sakai, 1963 [P. tuberculata Sakai, 1963]. A key is provided to identify these species. In addition nine fossil genera, dating from the Upper Jurassic, are known: Stephanonietopon Bosquet, 1854, Dromiopsis Reuss, 1859, Palaeodromites A. Milne Edwards, 1865, Cyamocarcinus Bittner, 1883, Graptocarcinus Roemer, 1887, Cyclothyreus Remes, 1895, Gemmellarocarcinus Checchia-Rispoli, 1905, Glyptodynomene Van Straelen, 1944, Trachynotocarcinus Wright & Collins, 1972. Some extinct species have also been placed in the genus Dynomene. The definition of the family Dynomenidae given by ALCOCK (1901) is updated and expanded in order to allow fossil species to be more accurately determined. Because of overlap with the Dromiidae, there has been some uncertainty about true family affinities of some fossils. Although these genera are in need of revision, this is not undertaken in this paper. The status oi Dynomene pilumnoides is established as a valid species, D. pugnatrix brevimana Rathbun. 1911 is synonymized with D. pugnatrix de Man, 1889, D. granulobata Dai, Yang & Lan, 1981 is a synonym of D. hispida, while D. sinensis Chen, 1979, D. tenuilobata Dai, Yang & Lan, 1981, and D. huangluensis Dai, Cai & Yang, 1996 are all synonyms of D. praedator. Dynomenids are reported from Australia for the first time in D. pilumnoides, and Hirsutodynomene spinosa. The status of Metadynomene tanensis (Yokoya, 1933) is established as a widespread Pacific species and shown to be part of the fauna of Japan, where it has been confused with D. praedator. Paradynomene tuberculata, previously known from Japan and New Caledonia, is now recorded from the Gulf of Aden, Indian Ocean. P. tuberculata as well as D. praedator and H. spinosa, are reported from Guam. The Atlantic Ocean and the Indo-Pacific share genera of dynomenids but not species. The biogeographic history of dynomenids is interpreted in the liglit of tfieir present distribution and in relation to plate tectonics. Ancestral dynomenids are assumed to have been tethyan crabs and D. filholi and Acanthodromia erinacea, two insular Atlantic species, are shown to be tethyan relicts. By contrast, Hirsutodynomene ursula from the eastem Pacific, seems to be a species of quite recent origin. In redescribing the species particular attention is paid to some new characters: setae, gills, epipods and gill cleaning mechanisms, the subchelate structure of the last pereopods and the male pleopods. This work was undertaken using a scanning electron microscope. Differences in the gross appearance of setae can be used to separate species and there are substantial differences in setal structure at the microscopic level. The standard branchial formula for dynomenids is shown to be nineteen gills plus seven epipods. There is little variation in gill numbers but substantial variation in gill shape between species. Although dynomenid gills are often said to be "transitional" they are arranged as in phyllobranchs but with the epibranchial part divided into varying numbers of lobes which gives them a trichobranch-like appearance. Acanthodromia has gills which are almost identical to the phyllobranchs of the Dromiidae but which retain the "dynomenid notch" on each side which, in cross section, give each gill plate a violin shape. The gill cleaning mechanism in dynomenids is complex, being carried out by no less than eight appendages (long setae on the posterior margin of the scaphognatbite and the seven epipods) as well as stiff setae on the posterior hypobranchial wall of the gill chamber. In eubrachyurans only three appendages (maxillipodal epipods) are used. In dynomenids the last pereopod is very reduced (on average less than one-third the length of the fourth pereopod) and carried in a horizontal position alongside the posterolateral carapace margin above the base of the preceding pereopod. They are not, as it has been commonly described, carried subdorsally. Using a scanning electron microscope it was revealed that this limb is sexually dimorphic: in males the dactyl has the normal shape of a tiny claw, but in females the dactyl is a flattened plate, bearing five to sixteen spines which are opposable to an extension of the propodus. In both males and females the propodal extension is armed with spines but in Hirsutodynomene. Metadynomene and Paradynotnene, females have a significantly larger number of spines, which are armed with tiny teeth. Males of three species have an additional small spine on the outer margin of the dactyl. This is a character, previously only known amongst the Dromiidae, which suggests that the last pereopod of dynomenids may have evolved from a camouflagecarrying limb. This limb appears to be vestigial and it is difficult to know what its function may have been amongst the dynomenid ancestors. However its most likely former role appears to be as a cleaning appendage, but certainly not for carrying pieces of camouflage as it is found amongst the dromiids and homolids. All dynomenids, except Acanthodromia, lack an effective abdominal locking mechanism and both sexes have five pairs of pleopods. The female has vestigial, uniramous first pleopods followed by four pairs of normal biramous pleopods, while the male has the normal first two pairs of pleopods as well as three pairs of rudimentary pleopods on segments three to five. These rudimentary pleopods can be uniramous or bifid. In Metadynomene tatiensis 17% of females were gynandromorphs with small male first pleopods but the remaining pleopods were normal. The diet of dynomenids seems to consist of food obtained by sieving fine sediment or perhaps coral mucus. The bunches of sfiff setae on the inner margins of the cheliped fingers and third maxillipeds are probably used to separate fine organic fragments. Most of their gut contents are unidentifiable soft organic material along with small amounts of chopped chitinous fragments perhaps coming from hydroids or other crustaceans. Dynomenids appear to be deposit feeders. Dynomenids have a broadcast reproductive strategy, with indirect development, laying small eggs (mean diameter = 0.49 mm) which probably produce planktonic larvae. Dynomenid larvae have never been reported in plankton samples. Males are on average 19% larger than females which become sexually mature at 5-8 mm CW for small species, or 9-13 mm CW for large species. Egg numbers increase logarithmically with body size. Given the sister group relationship with homolodromiids (which have very abbreviated development) it is implied that dynomenids and dromiids evolved from ancestors which had large eggs and perhaps a brooding strategy. This conclusion is contrary to accepted wisdom, but it is the most parsimonious answer. Some dromiids have retained the brooding strategy but others have independently evolved a broadcast strategy. The evolution of such a strategy in both these families is probably related to their colonization of the shallow water habitat. Both dynomenids and dromiids are mostly crabs of the continental shelf whereas homolodromiids are crabs of the continental slope. Using morphological characters the phylogenetic relafionships of the Dynomenidae are examined. Both the Dynomenidae and the Dromiidae are monophylefic, sharing significant apomorphies. The resemblance of some dynomenids and dromiids is shown to be the result of convergent evolution within these families. The Homolodromiidae are also monophyletic but are defined almost exclusively by plesiomorphies. Monophyly of the Dromiacea de Haan, 1833 is supported by morphological characters with the Dynomenidae and Dromiidae together being the sister group of the Homolodromiidae. The ancestor of these three families was probably a camouflage carrying crab, using both of the last two pairs of pereopods. A controversial aspect of the sister group relationships of the dromiaceans is the need to assume that in dynomenids the fourth pereopod has reverted to a locomotory role and the fifth pereopod became a cleaning limb. Monophyly of the Podotremata Guinot, 1977 is also supported. This analysis suggests that camouflage-carrying behaviour has evolved independently in the Dromiidae (and probably in the Homolodromiidae) and the Homolidae. Dromiids carry pieces of sponges or ascidians as well as shells, using the last two pairs of pereopods, while homolids carry sponges or anemones, using only the last pair of pereopods. The ancestor of the Dromiacea and Archaeobrachyura was probably an inhabitant of deeper waters and not a camouflage carrying crab.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Dromiidae of Western Australia are summarized primarily based on specimens from the collection of the Western Australian Museum and some additional material from the Australian Museum, Sydney. The genus Alainodromia McLay 1998, is recorded from Camden Sound, Australia, as a new species Alainodromia dambimangari sp. nov. New evidence suggests that the species of Alainodromia are very likely shell carriers that also have direct development. Five species of Cryptodromia are reported from Western Australia and a new genus, Baccadromia gen. nov., is erected for Dromia (Cryptodromia) bullifera Alcock, 1900. The genus Lamarckdromia Guinot & Tavares, 2003 is revised and now includes three species: L. beagle sp. nov., L. excavata (Stimpson, 1858) and L. globosa (Lamarck, 1818). Six species of Dromiidae are new to Australia: Baccadromia bullifera (Alcock, 1900), Cryptodromia amboinensis (De Man, 1888), C. pileifera Alcock, 1901, Epigodromia rotunda McLay, 1993, and Foredromia rostrata McLay, 2002. New records for Western Australia include: Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888, Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) and Lewindromia unidentata (Rüppell, 1830). A total of 31 species of dromiid crabs are now known from Western Australian coast with five species endemic to the state. There are more than 40 species of Dromiidae known from Australia of which about 40% are endemic.

MUSORSTOM 4

The foregut anatomy of 20 species, belonging to eight genera, of the subfamily Cochlespirinae is described. A cladistic analysis based on sevral most important characters (morphology of proboscis, position of buccal sphincters, histology of venom gland, position of the venom gland opening, structure of muscular bulb, and morphology of radular teeth) revealed three more or less well defined groups within the subfamily. The main feature characterizing the subfamily as a whole and separating groups within it, appeared to be the structure of venom gland and its muscular bulb. The subgenus Sibogasyrinx of the genus Leucosyrinx was shown to deserve agenus status. Some genera appeared to be intermediate between Cochlespirinae and Crassispirinae in some anatomical characters, and their taxonomic position remains not completely clear.

BIOGEOCAL, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4

The foregut anatomy of 22 species of the subfamily Turrinae, belonging to 12 genera, is described. A cladistic analysis made based on the characters of anatomy of the digestive system and morphology of radular teeth. The main result of the analysis was the separation of the subfamIly I11t.O .two rather large groups, one of which is in turn subdlVlded into two subgroups. Fusiturris similis, F. undatiruga, Cryptogemma corneus, "Turris" torta and Polystira jormosissima belong to the first group. In. The second group the main subgroup include all species of genus Gemmula and Gemmuloborsonia. Besides anatomical differences , species belonging to different groups have a differing geographical distribution. The new data obtained as a result of last works allow to define the anatomical characteristics of other turrids subfamilies.

???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, ???msg.security.private???, BIOCAL, KARUBAR, ???msg.security.private???, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 8

The histological structure of poison gland and muscular bulb in the family Turridae has been examined. The data on anatomy of about 50 species studied form the basis of the work. A correlation was revealed between the structure of poison gland itself, position of its duct, and the inner structure of muscular bulb. Six main types and 3 subtypes were recognized in the structure of poison gland - muscular bulb complex. Taking into account the high variability of the anterior paft of digestive system in Turridae, the isolation of the complex of characters, which can unite groups of genera, is of certain interest for the taxonomy of the family.

???msg.security.private???, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, KARUBAR, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9

The anatomy of Zemacies excelsa is characterized by an absence of typical conoidean foregut organs, viz. radula and poison gland. There are autapomorphic features, such as the large rhynchodeal pyriform gland of unknown function. The anatomical organization of the foregut is dissimilar to any other group of Turridae. Because of these distinctive anatomical features a new subfamily Zemaciinae is proposed included in the family Turridae for the reason of conchological similarity.

MUSORSTOM 4

Three genera of unstalked crinoids, Zenometra, Sarametra and Psathyrometra, formerly included in the subfamily Zenometrinae of the family Antedonidae, are removed and placed in a distinct family, the Zenometridae. Diagnostic features include a cavernous centrodorsal cavity, a complete basal circlet with a large central lumen and cirrus sockets with a concave fulcral bowl around the lumen. Sarametra nicobarica is synonymized under S. triserialis, which is redescribed in detail. Psathyrometra is redefined and includes only the species P. fragilis, P. congesta and P. bigradata, which are redescribed. P. erythrizon is synonymized under P. fragilis. The four other species formerly included in Psathyrometra are removed to Athrypsometra gen. n., retained in the Antedonidae. The other genera formerly included in the Zenometrinae are considered incertae sedis in the family Antedonidae pending detailed re-examination. Cladistic analysis using the antedonids, Poliometra prolixa (a former zenometrine) and Florometra serratissima, and the thalassometrid, Oceanometra annandalei, as outgroups produces the following tree: (O. annandalei ((F. serratissima/P. prolixa)(((P. fragilis/P. congesta) P. bigradata) (S. triserialis/Z. columnaris)))).

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

The chiefly tropical, deep-water (>100 m) feather star family Charitometridae (Echinodermata: Crinoidea: Comatulida) currently consists of 34 species in eight genera and has not been revised since 1950. Recent molecular analyses and the discovery of both new specimens of known species and a new species prompted a morphological re-examination of those genera with abruptly expanded genital pinnules. As a result, Poecilometra is redescribed, and now includes four species, including two formerly placed in Strotometra, plus Poecilometra baumilleri n. sp Poecilometra scalaris is placed in synonymy under P. acoela. Strotometra is redescribed and S. hepburniana placed in synonymy under S. parvipinna. The diagnoses of both genera and their component species are revised.

BATHUS 3, EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Five species of the samarid genera Plagiopsetta and Samaris: P. stigmosa n. sp., P. gracilis n. sp., S. cristatus Gray, 1831, S. spinea n. sp. and S. chesterfieldensis n. sp., collected from New Caledonia and adjacent waters are described and keys to the species provided. Plagiopsetta stigmosa is easily separable from its congeners by having lateral lines on both sides and the pectoral fin with a jet-black blotch. Plagiopsetta gracilis is characterized by a uniformly dark pectoral fin, shallow body and caudal peduncle, a short ocular side pelvic fin, and large numbers of dorsal fin rays, anal fin rays, scales in the lateral line and vertebrae. Samaris spinea and S. chesterfieldensis are both characterized by caudal peduncle spines and bifurcated middle caudal fin rays, and are also separable by body depth.

CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

A survey of the bathyal and abyssal area around New Caledonia began in the South-West Pacific Ocean with some recent cruises of french research vessels. The ascidian fauna appears especially diverse, with 58 species of which 31 are new. The species described here belong to almost all genera known throughout the world showing deep-sea adaptations. The 5 main types of trophic adaptation defined for deep-sea tunicates are represented. Around New Caledonia the species having the most elaborate adaptations are more numerous than in the Antarctic, Atlantic or Indian Oceans. Some of the species may possibly be intermediates between shallow water and deep-sea genera. Some genera previously known by a small number of species are here very diverse, and provide the opportunity to discuss their affinities. This applies to the genera Pharyngodictyon (Aplousobranchia), Simla (Octacnemidae), Bathyoncus and Fungulus (Stolidobranchiata). A new interpretation of Corynascidia and Pterygascidia is proposed. With the discovery of 3 new species in New Caledonia, some evolutionary stages of the genus Molguloides (Molgulidae) may now be discussed in terms of branchial structure. A tabular key of the 13 species of this genus is presented. The bathymetric distribution is compared here and in other oceans. The species showing morphological adaptations to the deep-sea live at higher levels in the New Caledonia area than in other oceanic basins. However the presence of deep-sea forms in relatively high levels has been established in other tropical areas (Indonesia, Philippines, Comores). The higher temperature of the water at this depth in low latitudes may have less influence on the ascidian ecology than the seasonal variations occurring in temperate and cold areas at equivalent depths. The affinities of the New Caledonian deep-sea ascidians vary with the families and the kind of adaptations but they are most closely related to the antiboreal fauna of temperate and cold areas. There is no relationship with the shallow water fauna. For the Polyclinidae, with the greatest diversity, relations are established with New Zealand and the subantarctic areas. The deep-sea phlebobranchs are principally known from the southern hemisphere. New Caledonia has the largest number of Octacnemidae species wordwide. The Styelidae dominate in the deep Atlantic but are poorly represented here. The Pyuridae appear to have expanded from both Austral and Indomalayan areas. The majority of the deep-sea species of Molguloides live in the southern hemisphere and all the shallow-water species are Austral ; the genus is particularly diverse around New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, ???msg.security.private???, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

Four new species are assigned to the genus Teretia Norman, 1888 in the family Raphitomidae Bellardi, 1875 and herein described: Teretia neocaledonica sp. nov., T. sysoevi sp. nov., T. tongaensis sp. nov. from the southeastern Pacific and Teretia tavianii sp. nov. from the Gulf of Aden. The new species represent the first Indo-Pacific record of a genus previously known in the recent molluscan fauna by only two species from the Atlantic Ocean-Mediterranean Sea and Southern Africa. A possible Tethyan origin for the genus Teretia is suggested.

BATHUS 3, ???msg.security.private???, ???msg.security.private???, BORDAU 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 8

Twelve new species are assigned to the genus Otitoma Jousseaume, 1898 in the family Pseudomelatomidae Morrison, 1966 and herein described: O. hadra sp. nov., O. neocaledonica sp. nov., O. rubiginostoma sp. nov and O. tropispira sp. nov. from New Caledonia; O. boucheti sp. nov., O. nereidum sp. nov. and O. sororcula sp. nov. from the Fiji Islands; O. xantholineata sp. nov. from the Solomon to the Fiji Islands; O. crassivaricosa sp. nov. from Fiji to Hiva Oa Island (Marquesas Archipelago); O. philpoppei sp. nov. from the Philippines but also reported from the Fiji Islands; O. elegans sp. nov. from the Fiji Islands and O. philippinensis sp. nov. from the Philippines. New data on O. carnicolor (Hervier, 1896) are provided. Otitoma mitra (Kilburn, 1986), from Southern Mozambique, is here considered a synonym of O. cyclophora (Deshayes, 1863). Drillia batjanensis Schepman, 1913, previously assigned to the genus Maoritomella Powell, 1942 in the family Borsoniidae Bellardi, 1875, is here assigned to the genus Otitoma. Photographs of the holotype of Drillia batjanensis are provided for the first time. In addition, color photographs of the type specimens of the following species are provided: Drillia kwandangensis Schepman, 1913, D. timorensis Schepman, 1913 and Mitrellatoma mitra Kilburn, 1986.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BORDAU 1, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1

A new scorpionfish, Phenacoscorpius longilineatus n. sp., is described on the basis of 94 specimens from New Caledonia and New Zealand in the southwestern Pacific Ocean, at depths of 345–1089 m. The new species is distinguished from its congeners by the following combination of characters: 8–18 (mode 12) pored lateral-line scales, last of which is situated from below base of seventh spine to below base of fourth dorsal-fin soft ray; no slit behind fourth gill arch; palatine teeth present; second preopercular spine always absent; nuchal and parietal spines distinct; nape and anterior body strongly arched in adults of over ca. 80 mm standard length (SL); post-nuchal-spine length 5.0–9.7% (mean 7.2%) of SL; caudal fin length 21.4–26.7% (mean 23.4%) of SL; 1–5 (mode 2) black spots on posterior half of caudal peduncle; and body usually uniformly whitish without distinct dark saddles in preserved specimens. In addition, P. adenensis Norman, 1939, which is similar to P. longilineatus morphologically, is redescribed on the basis of 3 specimens from the western Indian Ocean and 52 specimens from the southwestern Pacific. The latter represent the first records of this species outside the western Indian Ocean.

AZTEQUE, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

Lioscorpius trifasciatus, originally described from 16 specimens taken from Australian territory in the Tasman and Coral seas, is now reported from New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Fiji with 224 additional specimens. A revised species’ diagnosis is provided based on these new specimens, along with fresh colour photographs.

BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

BATHUS 1, BOA1, BORDAU 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The taxonomic status of Korrigania Sanders et al., 2020, of the family Bursidae Thiele, 1925, is reviewed. Prior to the present work, the genus included five recent species that demonstrate considerable morphological variation. Herein, the new species Korrigania stefanoelisa n. sp., from New Caledonia and Vanuatu, is added, and K. vianelloi Cossignani, 2023, so far only known from the Philippines, is designated as synonym of K. awatii (Ray, 1950) n. syn. The main morphological characters of Korrigania are described, together with those of the species included. Bursa humilis Beu, 1981 and Bursa natalensis Coelho & Matthews, 1970 are accepted as Tritonoranella humilis (Beu, 1981) n. comb. and Tritonoranella natalensis (Coelho & Matthews, 1970) n. comb.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALICAL 1, KANACONO, KANADEEP, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SAYA, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR